US20030219484A1 - Immediate release dosage form comprising shell having openings therein - Google Patents

Immediate release dosage form comprising shell having openings therein Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20030219484A1
US20030219484A1 US10/393,610 US39361003A US2003219484A1 US 20030219484 A1 US20030219484 A1 US 20030219484A1 US 39361003 A US39361003 A US 39361003A US 2003219484 A1 US2003219484 A1 US 2003219484A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
shell
dosage form
core
film
openings
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/393,610
Inventor
Harry Sowden
Gerard McNally
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
OMJ Ireland ULC
Original Assignee
McNeil PPC Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US09/966,450 external-priority patent/US6982094B2/en
Priority claimed from US09/966,509 external-priority patent/US6767200B2/en
Priority claimed from US09/966,497 external-priority patent/US7122143B2/en
Priority claimed from US09/967,414 external-priority patent/US6742646B2/en
Priority claimed from US09/966,939 external-priority patent/US6837696B2/en
Application filed by McNeil PPC Inc filed Critical McNeil PPC Inc
Priority to US10/393,610 priority Critical patent/US20030219484A1/en
Assigned to MCNEIL-PPC, INC. reassignment MCNEIL-PPC, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: MCNALLY, GERARD P., SOWDEN, HARRY S.
Publication of US20030219484A1 publication Critical patent/US20030219484A1/en
Priority to US10/860,972 priority patent/US20040253312A1/en
Assigned to OMJ IRELAND LTD. reassignment OMJ IRELAND LTD. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: MCNEIL-PPC, INC.
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/28Dragees; Coated pills or tablets, e.g. with film or compression coating
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A23FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS; TREATMENT THEREOF, NOT COVERED BY OTHER CLASSES
    • A23GCOCOA; COCOA PRODUCTS, e.g. CHOCOLATE; SUBSTITUTES FOR COCOA OR COCOA PRODUCTS; CONFECTIONERY; CHEWING GUM; ICE-CREAM; PREPARATION THEREOF
    • A23G3/00Sweetmeats; Confectionery; Marzipan; Coated or filled products
    • A23G3/02Apparatus specially adapted for manufacture or treatment of sweetmeats or confectionery; Accessories therefor
    • A23G3/04Sugar-cookers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A23FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS; TREATMENT THEREOF, NOT COVERED BY OTHER CLASSES
    • A23GCOCOA; COCOA PRODUCTS, e.g. CHOCOLATE; SUBSTITUTES FOR COCOA OR COCOA PRODUCTS; CONFECTIONERY; CHEWING GUM; ICE-CREAM; PREPARATION THEREOF
    • A23G1/00Cocoa; Cocoa products, e.g. chocolate; Substitutes therefor
    • A23G1/30Cocoa products, e.g. chocolate; Substitutes therefor
    • A23G1/50Cocoa products, e.g. chocolate; Substitutes therefor characterised by shape, structure or physical form, e.g. products with an inedible support
    • A23G1/54Composite products, e.g. layered laminated, coated, filled
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A23FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS; TREATMENT THEREOF, NOT COVERED BY OTHER CLASSES
    • A23GCOCOA; COCOA PRODUCTS, e.g. CHOCOLATE; SUBSTITUTES FOR COCOA OR COCOA PRODUCTS; CONFECTIONERY; CHEWING GUM; ICE-CREAM; PREPARATION THEREOF
    • A23G3/00Sweetmeats; Confectionery; Marzipan; Coated or filled products
    • A23G3/0002Processes of manufacture not relating to composition and compounding ingredients
    • A23G3/0004Processes specially adapted for manufacture or treatment of sweetmeats or confectionery
    • A23G3/0019Shaping of liquid, paste, powder; Manufacture of moulded articles, e.g. modelling, moulding, calendering
    • A23G3/0025Processes in which the material is shaped at least partially in a mould in the hollows of a surface, a drum, an endless band, or by a drop-by-drop casting or dispensing of the material on a surface, e.g. injection moulding, transfer moulding
    • A23G3/0029Moulding processes for hollow products, e.g. opened shell
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A23FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS; TREATMENT THEREOF, NOT COVERED BY OTHER CLASSES
    • A23GCOCOA; COCOA PRODUCTS, e.g. CHOCOLATE; SUBSTITUTES FOR COCOA OR COCOA PRODUCTS; CONFECTIONERY; CHEWING GUM; ICE-CREAM; PREPARATION THEREOF
    • A23G3/00Sweetmeats; Confectionery; Marzipan; Coated or filled products
    • A23G3/34Sweetmeats, confectionery or marzipan; Processes for the preparation thereof
    • A23G3/36Sweetmeats, confectionery or marzipan; Processes for the preparation thereof characterised by the composition containing organic or inorganic compounds
    • A23G3/364Sweetmeats, confectionery or marzipan; Processes for the preparation thereof characterised by the composition containing organic or inorganic compounds containing microorganisms or enzymes; containing paramedical or dietetical agents, e.g. vitamins
    • A23G3/368Sweetmeats, confectionery or marzipan; Processes for the preparation thereof characterised by the composition containing organic or inorganic compounds containing microorganisms or enzymes; containing paramedical or dietetical agents, e.g. vitamins containing vitamins, antibiotics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A23FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS; TREATMENT THEREOF, NOT COVERED BY OTHER CLASSES
    • A23GCOCOA; COCOA PRODUCTS, e.g. CHOCOLATE; SUBSTITUTES FOR COCOA OR COCOA PRODUCTS; CONFECTIONERY; CHEWING GUM; ICE-CREAM; PREPARATION THEREOF
    • A23G3/00Sweetmeats; Confectionery; Marzipan; Coated or filled products
    • A23G3/34Sweetmeats, confectionery or marzipan; Processes for the preparation thereof
    • A23G3/50Sweetmeats, confectionery or marzipan; Processes for the preparation thereof characterised by shape, structure or physical form, e.g. products with supported structure
    • A23G3/54Composite products, e.g. layered, coated, filled
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A23FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS; TREATMENT THEREOF, NOT COVERED BY OTHER CLASSES
    • A23LFOODS, FOODSTUFFS, OR NON-ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES, NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES A21D OR A23B-A23J; THEIR PREPARATION OR TREATMENT, e.g. COOKING, MODIFICATION OF NUTRITIVE QUALITIES, PHYSICAL TREATMENT; PRESERVATION OF FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS, IN GENERAL
    • A23L29/00Foods or foodstuffs containing additives; Preparation or treatment thereof
    • A23L29/30Foods or foodstuffs containing additives; Preparation or treatment thereof containing carbohydrate syrups; containing sugars; containing sugar alcohols, e.g. xylitol; containing starch hydrolysates, e.g. dextrin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61JCONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES; DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR ADMINISTERING FORMS; DEVICES FOR ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES ORALLY; BABY COMFORTERS; DEVICES FOR RECEIVING SPITTLE
    • A61J3/00Devices or methods specially adapted for bringing pharmaceutical products into particular physical or administering forms
    • A61J3/005Coating of tablets or the like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61JCONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES; DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR ADMINISTERING FORMS; DEVICES FOR ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES ORALLY; BABY COMFORTERS; DEVICES FOR RECEIVING SPITTLE
    • A61J3/00Devices or methods specially adapted for bringing pharmaceutical products into particular physical or administering forms
    • A61J3/06Devices or methods specially adapted for bringing pharmaceutical products into particular physical or administering forms into the form of pills, lozenges or dragees
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61JCONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES; DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR ADMINISTERING FORMS; DEVICES FOR ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES ORALLY; BABY COMFORTERS; DEVICES FOR RECEIVING SPITTLE
    • A61J3/00Devices or methods specially adapted for bringing pharmaceutical products into particular physical or administering forms
    • A61J3/10Devices or methods specially adapted for bringing pharmaceutical products into particular physical or administering forms into the form of compressed tablets
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0002Galenical forms characterised by the drug release technique; Application systems commanded by energy
    • A61K9/0004Osmotic delivery systems; Sustained release driven by osmosis, thermal energy or gas
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0012Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
    • A61K9/0053Mouth and digestive tract, i.e. intraoral and peroral administration
    • A61K9/0056Mouth soluble or dispersible forms; Suckable, eatable, chewable coherent forms; Forms rapidly disintegrating in the mouth; Lozenges; Lollipops; Bite capsules; Baked products; Baits or other oral forms for animals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2004Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/2013Organic compounds, e.g. phospholipids, fats
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2004Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/2013Organic compounds, e.g. phospholipids, fats
    • A61K9/2018Sugars, or sugar alcohols, e.g. lactose, mannitol; Derivatives thereof, e.g. polysorbates
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2004Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/2022Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/2027Organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyvinyl pyrrolidone, poly(meth)acrylates
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2004Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/2022Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/2031Organic macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyethylene glycol, polyethylene oxide, poloxamers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2072Pills, tablets, discs, rods characterised by shape, structure or size; Tablets with holes, special break lines or identification marks; Partially coated tablets; Disintegrating flat shaped forms
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2072Pills, tablets, discs, rods characterised by shape, structure or size; Tablets with holes, special break lines or identification marks; Partially coated tablets; Disintegrating flat shaped forms
    • A61K9/2077Tablets comprising drug-containing microparticles in a substantial amount of supporting matrix; Multiparticulate tablets
    • A61K9/2081Tablets comprising drug-containing microparticles in a substantial amount of supporting matrix; Multiparticulate tablets with microcapsules or coated microparticles according to A61K9/50
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2072Pills, tablets, discs, rods characterised by shape, structure or size; Tablets with holes, special break lines or identification marks; Partially coated tablets; Disintegrating flat shaped forms
    • A61K9/2086Layered tablets, e.g. bilayer tablets; Tablets of the type inert core-active coat
    • A61K9/209Layered tablets, e.g. bilayer tablets; Tablets of the type inert core-active coat containing drug in at least two layers or in the core and in at least one outer layer
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2095Tabletting processes; Dosage units made by direct compression of powders or specially processed granules, by eliminating solvents, by melt-extrusion, by injection molding, by 3D printing
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/28Dragees; Coated pills or tablets, e.g. with film or compression coating
    • A61K9/2806Coating materials
    • A61K9/282Organic compounds, e.g. fats
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/28Dragees; Coated pills or tablets, e.g. with film or compression coating
    • A61K9/2806Coating materials
    • A61K9/282Organic compounds, e.g. fats
    • A61K9/2826Sugars or sugar alcohols, e.g. sucrose; Derivatives thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/28Dragees; Coated pills or tablets, e.g. with film or compression coating
    • A61K9/2806Coating materials
    • A61K9/2833Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/284Organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyvinyl pyrrolidone
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/28Dragees; Coated pills or tablets, e.g. with film or compression coating
    • A61K9/2806Coating materials
    • A61K9/2833Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/286Polysaccharides, e.g. gums; Cyclodextrin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/28Dragees; Coated pills or tablets, e.g. with film or compression coating
    • A61K9/2806Coating materials
    • A61K9/2833Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/2873Proteins, e.g. gelatin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/28Dragees; Coated pills or tablets, e.g. with film or compression coating
    • A61K9/2886Dragees; Coated pills or tablets, e.g. with film or compression coating having two or more different drug-free coatings; Tablets of the type inert core-drug layer-inactive layer
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/28Dragees; Coated pills or tablets, e.g. with film or compression coating
    • A61K9/2893Tablet coating processes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B30PRESSES
    • B30BPRESSES IN GENERAL
    • B30B11/00Presses specially adapted for forming shaped articles from material in particulate or plastic state, e.g. briquetting presses, tabletting presses
    • B30B11/02Presses specially adapted for forming shaped articles from material in particulate or plastic state, e.g. briquetting presses, tabletting presses using a ram exerting pressure on the material in a moulding space
    • B30B11/08Presses specially adapted for forming shaped articles from material in particulate or plastic state, e.g. briquetting presses, tabletting presses using a ram exerting pressure on the material in a moulding space co-operating with moulds carried by a turntable
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B30PRESSES
    • B30BPRESSES IN GENERAL
    • B30B11/00Presses specially adapted for forming shaped articles from material in particulate or plastic state, e.g. briquetting presses, tabletting presses
    • B30B11/34Presses specially adapted for forming shaped articles from material in particulate or plastic state, e.g. briquetting presses, tabletting presses for coating articles, e.g. tablets
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B30PRESSES
    • B30BPRESSES IN GENERAL
    • B30B15/00Details of, or accessories for, presses; Auxiliary measures in connection with pressing
    • B30B15/30Feeding material to presses
    • B30B15/302Feeding material in particulate or plastic state to moulding presses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2004Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/2022Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/205Polysaccharides, e.g. alginate, gums; Cyclodextrin
    • A61K9/2054Cellulose; Cellulose derivatives, e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2004Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/2068Compounds of unknown constitution, e.g. material from plants or animals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/48Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate
    • A61K9/50Microcapsules having a gas, liquid or semi-solid filling; Solid microparticles or pellets surrounded by a distinct coating layer, e.g. coated microspheres, coated drug crystals
    • A61K9/5084Mixtures of one or more drugs in different galenical forms, at least one of which being granules, microcapsules or (coated) microparticles according to A61K9/16 or A61K9/50, e.g. for obtaining a specific release pattern or for combining different drugs
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/13Hollow or container type article [e.g., tube, vase, etc.]
    • Y10T428/1352Polymer or resin containing [i.e., natural or synthetic]

Definitions

  • This invention relates to a dosage form providing immediate release of an active ingredient.
  • the dosage form comprises a solid core and a shell surrounding the core.
  • the shell has one or more openings therein.
  • osmotic pump dosage forms for the administration of pharmaceutically active ingredients are known in the art. They typically comprise a semipermeable wall that surrounds a reservoir containing drug. The wall is permeable to the passage of an external fluid, impermeable to the passage of drug, and has a passageway through the semipermeable wall for delivering drug from the osmotic system.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 4,576,604 discloses an osmotic device comprising a drug compartment surrounded by a wall (coating) having a passageway therein. The wall may comprise an immediate release dose of drug, and the inner drug compartment may comprise a sustained release dose of drug.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 4,449,983 discloses another osmotic device comprising two separately housed drugs that are separately dispensed from the device.
  • the device comprises two compartments, one for each drug, separated by a partition. Each compartment has an orifice for communicating with the exterior of the device.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 3,823,816 discloses a water-soluble package provided in the form of a hard shell capsule filled with powder, granules, or the like.
  • the capsule is apertured, and the apertures are covered by a water-soluble barrier film.
  • the film is more water soluble than the capsule so that when the package contacts water, the film rather than the capsule dissolves first, exposing the contents for dissolution and/or release by way of the apertures while the capsule is intact.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,256,440 relates to an intagliated dosage form comprising one or more circumscribed regions on its surface.
  • the dosage form is spray coated with a latex polymer.
  • the latex coating within the circumscribed region is reproducibly expelled, leaving a coated core tablet with a predefined aperture, which exposes a discrete portion of the core surface to the environment of use.
  • One known method of producing gelatin coated dosage forms is via an enrobing process wherein two separate films made of gelatinous material are applied to opposite sides of a tablet by a pair of rotary dies, as disclosed for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,146,730 and 5,459,983.
  • Film formulations for producing gelcaps and geltabs prepared via enrobing methods such as those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,146,730 and 5,459,983 typically comprises a water-based gelatin preparation having about 45% gelatin and about 9% plasticizer (glycerin and/or sorbitol) by weight. Glycerin and sorbitol can be used as single plasticizers or in combination with each other.
  • plasticizers can be used as additives and plasticizers. If a tamper-evident gelatin-coated medicine tablet is the desired end product, then the ratio of plasticizer to gelatin in the gelatin formulation should be in the range of about 1:5.
  • WO 01/57144 Another conventional method for forming a shell (or coating), on a core (or substrate), is that disclosed in WO 01/57144 which utilizes the principles of electrostatic deposition to form the coating.
  • At least one of the core or the shell preferably incorporates one or more “charge control agents,” such as metal salicylates, for example zinc salicylate, magnesium salicylate and calcium salicylate; quaternary ammonium salts; benzalkonium chloride; benzethonium chloride; trimethyl tetradecyl ammonium bromide (cetrimide); and cyclodextrins and their adducts, in an amount from about 1% to about 10% by weight of the shell.
  • charge control agents such as metal salicylates, for example zinc salicylate, magnesium salicylate and calcium salicylate; quaternary ammonium salts; benzalkonium chloride; benzethonium chloride; trimethyl tetradecyl ammonium bromide (cet
  • an immediate release dosage form may be made from a solid core and a shell surrounding the core, wherein the core has a density of at least about 0.9 g/cc.
  • the shell comprises one or more openings therein and is readily soluble in gastrointestinal fluids.
  • the shell is preferably applied to the core by enrobing.
  • the present invention provides a dosage form containing at least one active ingredient, which comprises a core and a shell surrounding the core, wherein the core has a density of at least about 0.9 g/cc, the shell comprises one or more openings, the shell is readily soluble in gastrointestinal fluids, and the dosage form provides for immediate release of at least one active ingredient upon contact of the dosage form with a liquid medium.
  • the invention also provides a dosage form comprising a core having an outer surface and a shell having outer and inner surfaces, wherein at least a portion of the shell surrounds the core such that the shell inner surface resides substantially conformally upon the core outer surface, at least a portion of the shell comprises one or more openings therein, one or more of the openings are from about 200 to about 2000 microns in diameter or width, at least a portion of the shell is readily soluble in gastrointestinal fluids, the average shell thickness is in the range from about 100 to about 400 microns, the shell comprises less than about 50% crystallizable sugar, and the dosage form is substantially free of charge control agents and the dosage form provides for immediate release of at least one active ingredient upon contact of the dosage form with a liquid medium.
  • FIGS. 1 - 5 depict dosage forms according to the invention.
  • FIG. 6 depicts various openings according to the invention.
  • FIG. 7 depicts a method of producing a dosage form according to the invention using an enrobing process.
  • FIG. 8 depicts another method of producing a dosage form according to the invention using an enrobing process.
  • FIG. 9 depicts a further method of producing a dosage form according to the invention using an enrobing process.
  • FIG. 10 depicts a method of producing a dosage form according to the invention using an enrobing process with a capsule comprising openings.
  • FIG. 11 depicts a method of producing a dosage form according to the invention using a dipping process.
  • FIG. 12 depicts another method of producing a dosage form according to the invention using a dipping process.
  • FIG. 13 depicts a method of producing a dosage form according to the invention using a transfer process.
  • FIG. 14 depicts a method of producing openings in a shell of a dosage form according to the invention using grinding means.
  • FIG. 15 depicts a method of producing openings in a shell of a dosage form according to the invention using hot pins.
  • FIG. 16 depicts a method of producing openings in a shell of a dosage form according to the invention using punching means.
  • the term “dosage form” applies to any solid object, semi-solid, or liquid composition designed to contain a specific predetermined amount (dose) of a certain ingredient, for example an active ingredient as defined below.
  • Suitable dosage forms may be pharmaceutical drug delivery systems, including those for oral administration, buccal administration, rectal administration, topical or mucosal delivery, or subcutaneous implants, or other implanted drug delivery systems; or compositions for delivering minerals, vitamins and other nutraccuticals, oral care agents, flavorants, and the like.
  • the dosage forms of the present invention are considered to be solid, however they may contain liquid or semi-solid components.
  • the dosage form is an orally administered system for delivering a pharmaceutical active ingredient to the gastro-intestinal tract of a human.
  • Suitable active ingredients for use in this invention include for example pharmaceuticals, minerals, vitamins and other nutraceuticals, oral care agents, flavorants and mixtures thereof.
  • suitable pharmaceuticals include analgesics, anti-inflammatory agents, antiarthritics, anesthetics, antihistamines, antitussives, antibiotics, anti-infective agents, antivirals, anticoagulants, antidepressants, antidiabetic agents, antiemetics, antiflatulents, antifungals, antispasmodics, appetite suppressants, bronchodilators, cardiovascular agents, central nervous system agents, central nervous system stimulants, decongestants, oral contraceptives, diuretics, expectorants, gastrointestinal agents, migraine preparations, motion sickness products, mucolytics, muscle relaxants, osteoporosis preparations, polydimethylsiloxanes, respiratory agents, sleep-aids, urinary tract agents and mixtures thereof.
  • Suitable oral care agents include breath fresheners, tooth whiteners, antimicrobial agents, tooth mineralizers, tooth decay inhibitors, topical anesthetics, mucoprotectants, and the like.
  • Suitable flavorants include menthol, peppermint, mint flavors, fruit flavors, chocolate, vanilla, bubblegum flavors, coffee flavors, liqueur flavors and combinations and the like.
  • Suitable gastrointestinal agents include antacids such as calcium carbonate, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium oxide, magnesium carbonate, aluminum hydroxide, sodium bicarbonate, dihydroxyaluminum sodium carbonate; stimulant laxatives, such as bisacodyl, cascara sagrada, danthron, senna, phenolphthalein, aloe, castor oil, ricinoleic acid, and dehydrocholic acid, and mixtures thereof; H 2 receptor antagonists, such as famotadine, ranitidine, cimetadine, nizatidine; proton pump inhibitors such as omeprazole or lansoprazole; gastrointestinal cytoprotectives, such as sucraflate and misoprostol; gastrointestinal prokinetics, such as prucalopride, antibiotics for H.
  • antacids such as calcium carbonate, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium oxide, magnesium carbonate, aluminum hydroxide, sodium bicarbonate, dihydroxyaluminum
  • pylori such as clarithromycin, amoxicillin, tetracycline, and metronidazole
  • antidiarrheals such as diphenoxylate and loperamide
  • glycopyrrolate such as glycopyrrolate
  • antiemetics such as ondansetron
  • analgesics such as mesalamine.
  • the active ingredient may be selected from bisacodyl, famotadine, ranitidine, cimetidine, prucalopride, diphenoxylate, loperamide, lactase, mesalamine, bismuth, antacids, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, isomers, and mixtures thereof.
  • the active ingredient is selected from analgesics, anti-inflammatories, and antipyretics, e.g. non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), including propionic acid derivatives, e.g. ibuprofen, naproxen, ketoprofen and the like; acetic acid derivatives, e.g. indomethacin, diclofenac, sulindac, tolmetin, and the like; fenamic acid derivatives, e.g. mefanamic acid, meclofenamic acid, flufenamic acid, and the like; biphenylcarbodylic acid derivatives, e.g.
  • NSAIDs non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
  • the active ingredient is selected from propionic acid derivative NSAID, e.g. ibuprofen, naproxen, flurbiprofen, fenbufen, fenoprofen, indoprofen, ketoprofen, fluprofen, pirprofen, carprofen, oxaprozin, pranoprofen, suprofen, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, derivatives, and combinations thereof.
  • NSAID e.g. ibuprofen, naproxen, flurbiprofen, fenbufen, fenoprofen, indoprofen, ketoprofen, fluprofen, pirprofen, carprofen, oxaprozin, pranoprofen, suprofen, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, derivatives, and combinations thereof.
  • the active ingredient may be selected from acetaminophen, acetyl salicylic acid, ibuprofen, naproxen, ketoprofen, flurbiprofen, diclofenac, cyclobenzaprine, meloxicam, rofecoxib, celecoxib, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, isomers, and mixtures thereof.
  • the active ingredient may be selected from pseudoephedrine, phenylpropanolamine, chlorpheniramine, dextromethorphan, diphenhydramine, astemizole, terfenadine, fexofenadine, loratadine, desloratadine, cetirizine, mixtures thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, isomers, and mixtures thereof.
  • Suitable polydimethylsiloxanes which include, but are not limited to dimethicone and simethicone, are those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,906,478, 5,275,822, and 6,103,260, the contents of each is expressly incorporated herein by reference.
  • simethicone refers to the broader class of polydimethylsiloxanes, including but not limited to simethicone and dimethicone.
  • the active ingredient or ingredients are present in the dosage form in a therapeutically effective amount, which is an amount that produces the desired therapeutic response upon oral administration and can be readily determined by one skilled in the art. In determining such amounts, the particular active ingredient being administered, the bioavailability characteristics of the active ingredient, the dosing regimen, the age and weight of the patient, and other factors must be considered, as known in the art.
  • the dosage form comprises at least about 1 weight percent, preferably, the dosage form comprises at least about 5 weight percent, e.g. at least about 25 weight percent of a combination of one or more active ingredients.
  • a core comprises a total of at least about 50 weight percent, e.g. at least about 70 weight percent, say at least about 80 weight percent (based on the weight of the core) of one or more active ingredients.
  • the active ingredient or ingredients may be present in the dosage form in any form.
  • the active ingredient may be dispersed at the molecular level, e.g. melted or dissolved, within the dosage form, or may be in the form of particles, which in turn may be coated or uncoated.
  • the particles typically have an average particle size of about 1-2000 microns. In one preferred embodiment, such particles are crystals having an average particle size of about 1-300 microns. In another preferred embodiment, the particles are granules or pellets having an average particle size of about 50-2000 microns, preferably about 50-1000 microns, most preferably about 100-800 microns.
  • the core may be any solid form.
  • the core may prepared by any suitable method, including for example compression or molding.
  • core refers to a material which is at least partially enveloped or surrounded by another material.
  • the core is a self-contained unitary object, such as a tablet or capsule.
  • the core comprises a solid, for example, the core may be a compressed or molded tablet, hard or soft capsule, suppository, or a confectionery form such as a lozenge, nougat, caramel, fondant, or fat based composition.
  • the core or a portion thereof may be in the form of a semi-solid or a liquid in the finished dosage form.
  • the core may comprise a liquid filled capsule, or a semisolid fondant material.
  • the core comprises a flowable component, such as a plurality of granules or particles, or a liquid
  • the core preferrably additionally comprises an enveloping component, such as a capsule shell, or a coating, for containing the flowable material.
  • the shell or shell portions of the present invention are in direct contact with the enveloping component of the core, which separates the shell from the flowable component of the core.
  • the core is a compressed tablet having a hardness from about 2 to about 30 kp/cm 2 , e.g. from about 6 to about 25 kp/cm 2 .
  • Hardness is a term used in the art to describe the diametral breaking strength of either the core or the coated solid dosage form as measured by conventional pharmaceutical hardness testing equipment, such as a Schleuniger Hardness Tester. In order to compare values across different size tablets, the breaking strength must be normalized for the area of the break. This normalized value, expressed in kp/cm 2 , is sometimes referred in the art as tablet tensile strength.
  • a general discussion of tablet hardness testing is found in Leiberman et al., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms—Tablets, Volume 2, 2 nd ed., Marcel Dekker Inc., 1990, pp. 213-217, 327-329.
  • the core may have one of a variety of different shapes.
  • the core may be shaped as a polyhedron, such as a cube, pyramid, prism, or the like; or may have the geometry of a space figure with some non-flat faces, such as a cone, truncated cone, cylinder, sphere, torus, or the like.
  • a core has one or more major faces.
  • the core surface typically has two opposing major faces formed by contact with the upper and lower punch faces in the compression machine.
  • the core surface typically further comprises a “belly-band” located between the two major faces, and formed by contact with the die walls in the compression machine.
  • a core may also comprise a multilayer tablet.
  • Exemplary core shapes that may be employed include tablet shapes formed from compression tooling shapes described by “The Elizabeth Companies Tablet Design Training Manual” (Elizabeth Carbide Die Co., Inc., p. 7 (McKeesport, Pa.) (incorporated herein by reference) as follows (the tablet shape corresponds inversely to the shape of the compression tooling):
  • the core typically comprises active ingredient and a variety of excipients, depending on the method by which it is made.
  • suitable excipients include fillers, binders, disintegrants, lubricants, glidants, and the like, as known in the art.
  • core in which the core is made by compression and additionally confers modified release of an active ingredient contained therein, such core preferably further comprises a release-modifying compressible excipient.
  • Suitable fillers for use in making the core by compression include water-soluble compressible carbohydrates such as sugars, which include dextrose, sucrose, maltose, and lactose, sugar-alcohols, which include mannitol, sorbitol, maltitol, xylitol, starch hydrolysates, which include dextrins, and maltodextrins, and the like, water insoluble plastically deforming materials such as microcrystalline cellulose or other cellulosic derivatives, water-insoluble brittle fracture materials such as dicalcium phosphate, tricalcium phosphate and the like and mixtures thereof.
  • water-soluble compressible carbohydrates such as sugars, which include dextrose, sucrose, maltose, and lactose
  • sugar-alcohols which include mannitol, sorbitol, maltitol, xylitol
  • starch hydrolysates which include dextrins, and maltodextrins
  • Suitable binders for making the core by compression include dry binders such as polyvinyl pyrrolidone, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, and the like; wet binders such as water-soluble polymers, including hydrocolloids such as acacia, alginates, agar, guar gum, locust bean, carrageenan, carboxymethylcellulose, tara, gum arabic, tragacanth, pectin, xanthan, gellan, gelatin, maltodextrin, galactomannan, pusstulan, laminarin, scleroglucan, inulin, whelan, rhamsan, zooglan, methylan, chitin, cyclodextrin, chitosan, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulosics, sucrose, starches, and the like; and derivatives and mixtures thereof.
  • dry binders such as polyvinyl pyrrolidone, hydroxyprop
  • Suitable disintegrants for making the core by compression include sodium starch glycolate, cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, cross-linked carboxymethylcellulose, starches, microcrystalline cellulose, and the like.
  • Suitable lubricants for making the core by compression include long chain fatty acids and their salts, such as magnesium stearate and stearic acid, talc, glycerides and waxes.
  • Suitable glidants for making the core by compression include colloidal silicon dioxide, and the like.
  • the core or a portion thereof may optionally comprise release modifying excipients as known in the art, for example as disclosed in commonly assigned, copending U.S. Application Serial No. ______ [MCP 321], the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • Suitable release-modifying compressible excipients for making the core by compression include swellable erodible hydrophillic materials, insoluble edible materials, pH-dependent polymers, and the like.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvants for making the cores by compression include, preservatives; high intensity sweeteners such as aspartame, acesulfame potassium, sucralose, and saccharin; flavorants; colorants; antioxidants; surfactants; wetting agents; and the like and mixtures thereof.
  • a dry blending i.e. direct compression
  • wet granulation process may be employed, as known in the art.
  • a dry blending (direct compression) method the active ingredient or ingredients, together with the excipients, are blended in a suitable blender, than transferred directly to a compression machine for pressing into tablets.
  • a wet granulation method the active ingredient or ingredients, appropriate excipients, and a solution or dispersion of a wet binder (e.g. an aqueous cooked starch paste, or solution of polyvinyl pyrrolidone) are mixed and granulated.
  • a wet binder e.g. an aqueous cooked starch paste, or solution of polyvinyl pyrrolidone
  • a dry binder may be included among the excipients, and the mixture may be granulated with water or other suitable solvent.
  • Suitable apparatuses for wet granulation are known in the art, including low shear, e.g. planetary mixers; high shear mixers; and fluid beds, including rotary fluid beds.
  • the resulting granulated material is dried, and optionally dry-blended with further ingredients, e.g. adjuvants and/or excipients such as for example lubricants, colorants, and the like.
  • the final dry blend is then suitable for compression.
  • Methods for direct compression and wet granulation processes are known in the art, and are described in detail in, for example, Lachman, et al., The Theory and Practice of Industrial Pharmacy, Chapter 11 (3rd ed. 1986).
  • the dry-blended, or wet granulated, powder mixture is typically compacted into tablets using a rotary compression machine as known in the art, such as for example those commercially available from Fette America Inc., Rockaway, N.J., or Manesty Machines LTD, Liverpool, UK.
  • a rotary compression machine a metered volume of powder is filled into a die cavity, which rotates as part of a “die table” from the filling position to a compaction position where the powder is compacted between an upper and a lower punch to an ejection position where the resulting tablet is pushed from the die cavity by the lower punch and guided to an ejection chute by a stationary “take-off” bar.
  • the core may be prepared by the compression methods and apparatus described in copending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/966,509, pages 16-27, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the core is made using a rotary compression module comprising a fill zone, insertion zone, compression zone, ejection zone, and purge zone in a single apparatus having a double row die construction as shown in FIG. 6 of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/966,509.
  • the dies of the compression module are preferably filled using the assistance of a vacuum, with filters located in or near each die.
  • Cores made by compression may be single or multi-layer, for example bi-layer, tablets.
  • the cores have a density of at least about 0.9 g/cc, e.g. at least about 1.0 g/cc.
  • Exemplary cores include a 385 mg compressed soft tablet with a volume of 0.4 cubic centimeters, and a 586 mg compressed tablet with a volume of about 0.5 cc.
  • a shell surrounds the cores.
  • the shell comprises one or more openings therein.
  • the opening or openings provide a passageway for communication between the core and the exterior of the dosage form.
  • the openings may extend completely through the thickness of the shell to contact the core, or only partially through the shell.
  • the shell may be substantially unitary and continuous with the exception of the openings therein, or the shell may comprise multiple portions, e.g. a first shell portion and a second shell portion.
  • the shell or shell portions are in direct contact with the core.
  • the shell or shell portions are in direct contact with a subcoating which substantially surrounds the core.
  • at least a first shell portion comprises openings therein.
  • first shell portion and second shell portion are compositionally different.
  • compositionally different means having features that are readily distinguishable by qualitative or quantitative chemical analysis, physical testing, or visual observation.
  • the first and second shell portions may contain different ingredients, or different levels of the same ingredients, or the first and second shell portions may have different physical or chemical properties, different functional properties, or be visually distinct. Examples of physical or chemical properties that may be different include hydrophylicity, hydrophobicity, hygroscopicity, elasticity, plasticity, tensile strength, crystallinity, and density.
  • Examples of functional properties which may be different include rate and/or extent of dissolution of the material itself or of an active ingredient therefrom, rate of disintegration of the material, permeability to active ingredients, permeability to water or aqueous media, and the like.
  • Examples of visual distinctions include size, shape, topography, or other geometric features, color, hue, opacity, and gloss.
  • the dosage form of the invention comprises: a) a core containing an active ingredient; b) an optional subcoating that substantially covers the core; and c) a shell comprising first and second shell portions residing on the surface of the subcoating, the first shell portion comprising one or more openings, and the first shell portion being readily soluble in gastrointestinal fluids.
  • substantially covers shall mean at least about 95 percent of the surface area of the core is covered by the subcoating.
  • subcoatings are well known in the art and disclosed in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,185,626, which is incorporated by reference herein. Any composition suitable for film-coating a tablet may be used as a subcoating according to the present invention. Examples of suitable subcoatings are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,683,256, 4,543,370, 4,643,894, 4,828,841, 4,725,441, 4,802,924, 5,630,871, and 6,274,162, which are all incorporated by reference herein.
  • cellulose ethers such as hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, and hydroxyethylcellulose
  • polycarbohydrates such as xanthan gum, starch, and maltodextrin
  • plasticizers including for example, glycerin, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dibutyl sebecate, triethyl citrate, vegetable oils such as castor oil, surfactants such as polysorbate-80, sodium lauryl sulfate and dioctyl-sodium sulfosuccinate
  • polycarbohydrates pigments, and opacifiers.
  • the subcoating comprises from about 2 percent to about 8 percent, e.g. from about 4 percent to about 6 percent of a water-soluble cellulose ether and from about 0.1 percent to about 1 percent, castor oil, as disclosed in detail in U.S. Pat. No. 5,658,589, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • the subcoating comprises from about 20 percent to about 50 percent, e.g., from about 25 percent to about 40 percent of HPMC; from about 45 percent to about 75 percent, e.g., from about 50 percent to about 70 percent of maltodextrin; and from about 1 percent to about 10 percent, e.g., from about 5 percent to about 10 percent of PEG 400.
  • the dried subcoating typically is present in an amount, based upon the dry weight of the core, from about 0 percent to about 5 percent.
  • FIG. 1 depicts a dosage form 1 according to the invention comprising a shell 3 having a plurality of openings 2 . Openings 2 are shaped as elongated slits, and do not extend all the way through the shell 3 to the core (not shown) under the shell 3 .
  • FIG. 2 depicts another dosage form according to the invention.
  • the dosage form 1 comprises a core (not shown) covered a shell made of a first shell portion 3 a and a second shell portion 3 b .
  • Shell portion 3 a contains a plurality of openings 2 a , 2 b . Openings 2 a are in the shape of dimples, while openings 2 b are in the shape of letters.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates another dosage form according to the invention.
  • Dosage form 1 comprises a core (not shown) covered by a shell 3 , which comprises openings 2 a , 2 b . Openings 2 a are in the shape of circular holes, while openings 2 b are in the shape of letters.
  • FIG. 4 shows another dosage form according to the invention.
  • Dosage form 1 comprises a core 4 surrounded by a shell 3 having openings 2 .
  • Core 4 is partially visible at the base of each opening 2 in shell 3 .
  • FIG. 5 depicts a further dosage form according to the invention.
  • Dosage form 1 comprises a football-shaped core (not shown) covered by a shell comprising a first shell portion 3 a and a second shell portion 3 b .
  • First shell portion 3 a comprises a plurality of small, round openings 2 .
  • Each opening may have dimensions, e.g., length, width, or diameter, in the range of about 0.1% to about 100%, of the diameter of the dosage form, or of any dimension (e.g. diameter, length, or width) of a major face of the dosage form.
  • the diameter or width of each opening is preferably from about 0.5% to about 5% of the diameter of the dosage form, or of any dimension (e.g. diameter, length, or width) of a major face of the dosage form.
  • the diameter or width of the openings may range from about 200 to about 2000 microns.
  • the length of the openings may range from about 1% to about 100% of the diameter of the dosage form, or of the diameter of a major face of the dosage form.
  • the length or diameter of a major face of the dosage form is from about 10,000 to about 20,000 microns. In one particular embodiment, the length of the openings is from about 100 to about 20,000 microns.
  • the depth of the openings is typically from about 75% to about 100% of the thickness of the shell at the location of the openings. In certain embodiments, the thickness of the shell at the location of the openings typically ranges from about 20 to about 800 microns, e.g. from about 100 to about 400 microns. In one particular embodiment, the depth of the openings is from about 75 to about 400 microns. If a plurality of openings are present, they are typically spaced from one another by at least about one half, e.g. at least about one, times the smallest dimension of the smallest opening.
  • the openings may have a variety of shapes, or be arranged in a variety of different patterns, and may have similar or different sizes, such as depicted in FIG. 6.
  • the size of the openings is small enough to prevent the core from being tasted, yet the number of openings is large enough to provide communication between a certain percentage of surface area of the core and the exterior of the dosage form.
  • the shell thickness at various locations may be measured using a microscope, for example, an environmental scanning electron microscope, model XL 30 ESEM LaB6, Philips Electronic Instruments Company, Mahwah, Wis.
  • the shell thickness is measured at 6 different locations on a single dosage form.
  • the relative standard deviation (RSD) is calculated as the sample standard deviation, devided by the mean, times 100 as known in the art (i.e. the RSD is the standard deviation expressed as a percentage of the mean).
  • the RSD in shell thickness provides an indication of the variation in the thickness of the shell on a single dosage form.
  • the relative standard deviation in shell thickness is less than about 40%, e.g less than about 30%, or less than about 20%.
  • the dosage forms of the invention provide immediate release of one or more active ingredients contained therein.
  • the active ingredient or ingredients may be found within the core, the shell, or portions or combinations thereof. In one embodiment, at least one active ingredient is contained in the core.
  • the active ingredient or ingredients are preferably capable of dissolution upon contact with a fluid such as water, gastric fluid, intestinal fluid or the like.
  • a fluid such as water, gastric fluid, intestinal fluid or the like.
  • the dissolution characteristics of at least one active ingredient meets USP specifications for immediate release tablets containing the active ingredient. For example, for acetaminophen tablets, U.S. Pat. No.
  • the shell, or a portion thereof is readily soluble in gastrointestinal fluids.
  • the shell comprises a first and second shell portion
  • at least the first shell portion comprises openings therein, and is readily soluble in gastrointestinal fluids.
  • such shell or shell portion will preferably be breached or dissolved within 30 minutes in 900 ml water or 0.1 N HCl, or phosphate buffer solution at 37° C. with stirring by a USP type 2 dissolution apparatus (Paddle method) at 50 or 100 rpm.
  • the shell or shell portion preferably comprises materials which exhibit rapid dissolution in gastro-intestinal fluids.
  • such shell or shell portion may comprise readily soluble materials selected from water soluble or water swellable film formers, water soluble or water swellable thickeners, crystallizable and non-crystallizable carbohydrates.
  • suitable water soluble or water swellable film formers may be selected from water swellable cellulose derivatives, thermoplastic starches, polyalkalene glycols, polyalkalene oxides, and amorphous sugar glass, and combinations thereof.
  • suitable film formers may be selected from film forming water soluble polymers such as for example water soluble vinyl polymers, water soluble polycarbohydrates, and water soluble copolymers; film-forming proteins, and combinations thereof.
  • suitable thickeners may be selected from gelling polymers or hydrocolloids; gelling starches, and crystallizable carbohydrates.
  • suitable non-crystallizable carbohydrates may be selected from polydextrose, starch hydrolysates, and non-crystallizable sugar alcohols.
  • the shell preferably comprises at least about 50%, preferably at least about 80%, most preferably at least about 90% of a material selected from film formers, gelling polymers, low-melting hydrophobic materials, non-crystallizable sugars or sugar alcohols, and mixtures thereof. In another embodiment, the shell comprises at least about 50%, preferably at least about 80%, most preferably at least about 90% of a material selected from film formers, gelling polymers, low-melting hydrophobic materials, and mixtures thereof.
  • the shell comprises less than about 50%, preferably less than about 25%, most preferably less than about 5% of a crystallizable sugar.
  • the dosage form is substantially free (i.e. less than 1% by weight, preferably less than about 0.1% by weight, based upon the shell weight) of charge control agents.
  • charge control agents refers to a material having a charge control function, such as those used for electrostatic deposition of coatings onto substrates.
  • charge control agents include metal salicylates, for example zinc salicylate, magnesium salicylate and calcium salicylate; quaternary ammonium salts; benzalkonium chloride; benzethonium chloride; trimethyl tetradecyl ammonium bromide (cetrimide); and cyclodextrins and their adducts.
  • the shell itself or an outer coating thereon may contain active ingredient.
  • active ingredient will be released immediately from the dosage form upon contact with suitable liquid media.
  • the shell comprises a first shell portion and a second shell portion.
  • An outer coating resides upon the second shell portion, while the first shell portion comprises openings therein.
  • Active ingredient may be released either immediately, or in a controlled, e.g. sustained, prolonged, extended manner, or in a delayed, e.g. pulsatile, or repeat action manner from the dosage form upon contact with suitable liquid media.
  • the outer coating is also preferably readily soluble in gastrointestinal fluids, as described above.
  • the shell may be applied to the core by any suitable method, for example by spraying, dipping, enrobing, or molding.
  • suitable spray-coating methods are described in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,185,626, 4,683,256, 4,543,370, 4,643,894, 4,828,841, 4,725,441, 4,802,924, 5,630,871, and 6,274,162, the disclosures of which are all incorporated by reference herein.
  • Suitable dipping methods are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,820,524, 5,538,125; 5,228,916; 5,436,026; 5,679,406, the disclosures of which are all incorporated by reference herein.
  • Suitable enrobing methods are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,146,730 and 5,459,983.
  • Suitable molding methods are described herein.
  • the core, the shell, or both are prepared by molding.
  • the core, the shell, or both may be made by solvent-based molding or solvent-free molding.
  • the core or the shell is made from a flowable material optionally comprising active ingredient.
  • the flowable material may be any edible material that is flowable at a temperature between about 37° C. and 250° C., and that is solid, semi-solid, or can form a gel at a temperature between about ⁇ 10° C. and about 35° C.
  • the flowable material may comprise a dissolved, dispersed, or molten component, and optionally a solvent such as for example water or organic solvents, or combinations thereof.
  • the solvent may be partially or substantially removed by drying.
  • solvent-based or solvent-free molding is performed via thermal setting molding using the method and apparatus described in copending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/966,450, pages 57-63, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • a core or shell is formed by injecting flowable form into a molding chamber.
  • the flowable material preferably comprises a thermal setting material at a temperature above its melting point but below the decomposition temperature of any active ingredient contained therein.
  • the starting material is cooled and solidifies in the molding chamber into a shaped form (i.e., having the shape of the mold).
  • the flowable material may comprise solid particles suspended in a molten matrix, for example a polymer matrix.
  • the flowable material may be completely molten or in the form of a paste.
  • the flowable material may comprise an active ingredient dissolved in a molten material.
  • the flowable material may comprise solid particles dispersed in a fluid carrier.
  • the flowable material may be made by dissolving a solid in a solvent, which solvent is then evaporated after the molding step.
  • solvent-based or solvent-free molding is performed by thermal cycle molding using the method and apparatus described in copending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/966,497, pages 27-51, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • Thermal cycle molding is performed by injecting a flowable material into a heated molding chamber.
  • the flowable material may comprise active ingredient and a thermoplastic material at a temperature above the set temperature of the thermoplastic material but below the decomposition temperature of active ingredient.
  • the flowable material is cooled and solidifies in the molding chamber into a shaped form (i.e., having the shape of the mold).
  • thermal cycle molding module 200 comprises a rotor 202 around which a plurality of mold units 204 are disposed.
  • the thermal cycle molding module includes a reservoir 206 (see FIG. 4) for holding flowable material.
  • the thermal cycle molding module is provided with a temperature control system for rapidly heating and cooling the mold units.
  • FIGS. 55 and 56 depict the temperature control system 600 .
  • the mold units may comprise center mold assemblies 212 , upper mold assemblies 214 , and lower mold assemblies 210 , as shown in FIGS. 26 - 28 , which mate to form mold cavities having a desired shape, for instance of a core or a shell surrounding one or more cores.
  • center mold assemblies 212 upper mold assemblies 214
  • lower mold assemblies 210 lower mold assemblies 210 , as shown in FIGS. 26 - 28 , which mate to form mold cavities having a desired shape, for instance of a core or a shell surrounding one or more cores.
  • Flowable material which is heated to a flowable state in reservoir 206 , is injected into the resulting mold cavities.
  • the temperature of the flowable material is then decreased, hardening the flowable material.
  • the mold assemblies open and eject the finished product.
  • the shell is applied to the dosage form using a thermal cycle molding apparatus of the general type shown in FIGS. 28 A-C of copending U.S. application Ser. No. 09/966,497 comprising rotatable center mold assemblies 212 , lower mold assemblies 210 and upper mold assemblies 214 . Cores are continuously fed to the mold assemblies. Shell flowable material, which is heated to a flowable state in reservoir 206 , is injected into the mold cavities created by the closed mold assemblies holding the cores. The temperature of the shell flowable material is then decreased, hardening it around the cores. The mold assemblies open and eject the finished dosage forms. Shell coating is performed in two steps, each half of the dosage forms being coated separately as shown in the flow diagram of FIG. 28B of copending U.S. application Ser. No. 09/966,939 via rotation of the center mold assembly.
  • the compression module of copending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/966,509, pp. 16-27 may be employed to make the core and the shell is applied to the core using a thermal cycle molding module as described above.
  • a transfer device as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/966,414, pp. 51-57, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference, may be used to transfer the cores from the compression module to the thermal cycle molding module.
  • Such a transfer device may have the structure shown as 300 in FIG. 3 of copending U.S. application Ser. No. 09/966,939. It comprises a plurality of transfer units 304 attached in cantilever fashion to a belt 312 as shown in FIGS.
  • Transfer devices 304 comprise retainers 330 for holding cores as they travel around the transfer device.
  • Suitable thermoplastic materials for use in or as the flowable material include both water soluble and water insoluble polymers that are generally linear, not crosslinked, and not strongly hydrogen bonded to adjacent polymer chains.
  • the thermoplastic material may be single materials, or may be mixtures of materials with solvent or plasticizer.
  • suitable thermoplastic materials include those comprising water swellable cellulose derivatives, water insoluble cellulose derivatrives, thermoplastic vinyl polymers, thermoplastic starches, thermoplastic polyalkalene glycols, thermoplastic polyalkalene oxides, and amorphous sugar-glass, and the like, and derivatives, copolymers, and combinations thereof.
  • thermoplastic water swellable cellulose derivatives examples include hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC), hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose (HPMC), methyl cellulose (MC), and their combinations with water or other suitable solvents and/or plasticizers.
  • suitable thermoplastic water insoluble cellulose derivatives include cellulose acetate (CA), ethyl cellulose (EC), cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB), cellulose propionate, and their combinations with suitable organic solvents and/or plasticizers.
  • suitable thermoplastic vinyl polymers include polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) and polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP). Examples of suitable thermoplastic starches are disclosed for example in U.S. Pat. No. 5,427,614.
  • thermoplastic polyalkalene glycols examples include polyethylene glycol.
  • suitable thermoplastic polyalkalene oxides include polyethylene oxide having a molecular weight from about 100,000 to about 900,000 Daltons.
  • Other suitable thermoplastic materials include sugar in the form on an amorphous glass such as that used to make hard candy forms.
  • the flowable material when used to make the shell, must be a material readily soluble in gastrointestinal fluids, as described above.
  • the shell typically comprises at least about 30 percent, e.g. at least about 45 percent by weight of a thermal-reversible carrier.
  • the shell may optionally further comprise up to about 30 weight percent total of various plasticizers, adjuvants and excipients.
  • the shell typically comprises at least about 10 weight percent, e.g. at least about 12 weight percent or at least about 15 weight percent or at least about 20 weight percent or at least about 25 weight percent of a film-former.
  • the shell may again also optionally further comprise up to about 30 weight percent total of various plasticizers, adjuvants, and excipients.
  • the total weight of the shell is preferably about 20 percent to about 400 percent of the total weight of the cores.
  • the total weight of the shell is typically from about 50 percent to about 400 percent, e.g. from about 75 percent to about 400 percent, or about 100 percent to about 200 percent of the total weight of the cores.
  • the total weight of the shell is typically from about 20 percent to about 100 percent of the total weight of the cores.
  • the term “substantially conformally” shall mean that the inner surface of the shell has peaks and valleys or indentations and protrusions corresponding substantially inversely to the peaks and valleys of the outer surface of the core.
  • the indentations and protrusions typically have a length, width, height or depth in one dimension of greater than 10 microns, say greater than 20 microns, and less than about 30,000 microns, preferably less than about 2000 microns.
  • the flowable material may comprise a thermal-reversible carrier.
  • Suitable thermal-reversible carriers for use in making a core, the shell or both by molding are thermoplastic materials typically having a melting point below about 110° C., more preferably between about 20 and about 100° C.
  • suitable thermal-reversible carriers for solvent-free molding include thermplastic polyalkalene glycols, thermoplastic polyalkalene oxides, low melting hydrophobic materials, thermoplastic polymers, thermoplastic starches, and the like.
  • Preferred thermal-reversible carriers include polyethylene glycol and polyethylene oxide.
  • Suitable thermoplastic polyalkylene glycols for use as thermal-reversible carriers include polyethylene glycol having molecular weight from about 100 to about 20,000, e.g. from about 100 to about 8,000 Daltons.
  • Suitable thermoplastic polyalkalene oxides include polyethylene oxide having a molecular weight from about 100,000 to about 900,000 Daltons.
  • Suitable low-melting hydrophobic materials for use as thermal-reversible carriers include fats, fatty acid esters, phospholipids, and waxes which are solid at room temperature, fat-containing mixtures such as chocolate; and the like.
  • suitable fats include hydrogenated vegetable oils such as for example cocoa butter, hydrogenated palm kernel oil, hydrogenated cottonseed oil, hydrogenated sunflower oil, and hydrogenated soybean oil; and free fatty acids and their salts.
  • suitable fatty acid esters include sucrose fatty acid esters, mono, di, and triglycerides, glyceryl behenate, glyceryl palmitostearate, glyceryl monostearate, glyceryl tristearate, glyceryl trilaurylate, glyceryl myristate, GlycoWax-932, lauroyl macrogol-32 glycerides, and stearoyl macrogol-32 glycerides.
  • Suitable phospholipids include phosphotidyl choline, phosphotidyl serene, phosphotidyl enositol, and phosphotidic acid.
  • suitable waxes which are solid at room temperature include carnauba wax, spermaceti wax, beeswax, candelilla wax, shellac wax, microcrystalline wax, and paraffin wax.
  • Suitable thermoplastic polymers for use as thermal-reversible carriers include thermoplastic water swellable cellulose derivatives, thermoplastic water insoluble polymers, thermoplastic vinyl polymers, thermoplastic starches, and thermoplastic resins, and combinations thereof.
  • Suitable thermoplastic water swellable cellulose derivatives include include hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose (HPMC), methyl cellulose (MC), carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), cross-linked hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC), hydroxybutylcellulose (HBC), hydroxyethylcellulose (HEC), hydroxypropylethylcellulose, hydroxypropylbutylcellulose, hydroxypropylethylcellulose, and salts, derivatives, copolymers, and combinations thereof.
  • HPMC hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose
  • MC methyl cellulose
  • CMC carboxymethylcellulose
  • HPC hydroxypropyl cellulose
  • HBC hydroxybutylcellulose
  • HEC hydroxyethylcellulose
  • thermoplastic water insoluble polymers include ethylcellulose, polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinyl acetate, polycaprolactones, cellulose acetate and its derivatives, acrylates, methacrylates, acrylic acid copolymers, and the like and derivatives, copolymers, and combinations thereof.
  • Suitable thermoplastic vinyl polymers include polyvinylacetate, polyvinyl alcohol, and polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP). Examples of suitable thermoplastic starches for use as thermal-reversible carriers are disclosed for example in U.S. Pat. No. 5,427,614.
  • thermoplastic resins for use as themal-reversible carriers include dammars, mastic, rosin, shellac, sandarac, and glcerol ester of rosin.
  • the thermal-reversible carrier for making a core by molding is selected from polyalkylene glycols, polyalkaline oxides, and combinations thereof.
  • the shell comprises an active ingredient intended to have immediate release from the dosage form
  • the shell is preferably prepared via solvent-free molding.
  • a thermal-reversible carrier is employed in the flowable material to make the shell, said thermal-reversible carrier preferably selected from polyethylene glycol with weight average molecular weight from about 1450 to about 20000, polyethylene oxide with weight average molecular weight from about 100,000 to about 900,000, and the like.
  • the shell is applied to the core by enrobing.
  • enrobing methods cast films are applied to opposite sides of a core, i.e., a compressed tablet, using rotating dies, and are sealed together in an essentially edge-to-edge manner at a seal line that extends around the core at a desired place.
  • the dies are positioned such that the surfaces are in abutting relationship with one another, thereby forming a nip in between.
  • Each of the dies has a series of matching recesses on its circumferential surface.
  • the films are joined and fused together at the nip between the dies where a pair of matching recesses form a pocket into which a core is dropped by a metered feed mechanism.
  • the core urges the films into the interior of the recesses in the dies, and the core is thereby securely enveloped and enrobed by the films, while the films continue to be joined about the core by the dies.
  • the enrobed core is pinch cut from the films by the rotary dies, whereupon it separates from the films in the form of an individual enrobed dosage form.
  • a web is created as films 36 and 37 converge and are squeezed together.
  • the films self-adhere together.
  • the web containing the enrobed cores passes between a pair of mangle rolls 63 .
  • the web is stretched, and the enrobed cores self separate and drop into product receptacles 65 .
  • each die 38 , 39 has a plurality of recesses 108 , which cooperate with corresponding recesses in the other die.
  • the cavities of these recesses are shaped to receive a single core.
  • the cavities are defined by ribs 109 that close together to cut the enrobed cores from the web. Teeth 115 on the edges of the dies 38 , 39 grip the films 36 , 37 .
  • the enrobed cores can be washed and dried, and optionally further processed as desired.
  • the shell is again applied to the core by enrobing, however the films used to make the shell each comprise visually distinct portions, for example stripes.
  • the films are applied by the enrobing method described in commonly assigned, copending U.S. application Ser. Nos. ______ [MCP 301 and MCP316].
  • the film casting apparatus 30 for this method of enrobing comprises a casting drum 34 , the exterior surface 36 of which is cooled to at least partially solidify coating materials coming into contact therewith.
  • a multi-chamber slit extruder 38 deposits film onto the casting drum 34 .
  • the extruder 38 comprises partitions 58 , 60 , 62 that divide the interior 44 into four chambers 64 , 66 , 68 , 70 .
  • the chambers 64 , 66 , 68 , 70 can each contain visually different coating materials, i.e., different colored coating materials.
  • Each partition has a tapered blade edge 94 , 96 , 98 to control the flow of coating material onto the casting drum 34 .
  • the coating materials are supplied to the chambers from for example feeder pipes 72 , 74 .
  • An open slit 78 is located at the bottom of the slit extruder 38 . Slit 78 communicates with each chamber 64 , 66 , 68 , 70 .
  • the slit extruder is heated to heat the coating materials to a flowable state, which depending on the material may be in the range of about 40 to 250° C.
  • an enrobing apparatus 102 for use with cast films having visually distinct portions similar to that described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,146,730 and 5,459,983 may be used.
  • cast films 32 , 32 ′ are moved in a continuous manner, by a series of rollers 106 , 108 , 110 , 106 ′, 108 ′, 110 ′ toward a pair of coacting rotary dies 112 , 112 ′, which are positioned symmetrically on either side of the central plane of symmetry 104 of the apparatus 102 .
  • the rotary dies 112 , 112 ′ rotate on their axes of rotation AR, AR′, respectively, thereby forming a nip in between.
  • the nip between the rotary dies 112 , 112 ′ lies in the aforesaid central plane of symmetry 104 and the striped films 32 , 32 ′ are passed therethrough.
  • the enrobing apparatus 102 also includes a core dispensing means 118 , which holds a supply of cores 10 and dispenses them to the nip in a timed manner.
  • the core dispensing means 118 is also aligned with the central plane of symmetry 104 .
  • the core dispensing means 118 orients and dispenses each core 10 such that the core 10 simultaneously contacts the contact surfaces 32 a , 32 a ′ of the converging striped films 32 , 32 ′ as the core 10 enters the nip, with its transverse plane of symmetry 16 lying in the central plane of symmetry 104 of the enrobing apparatus 102 , and the color transitions 92 a , 92 a ′ of the films 32 , 32 ′, respectively, lying in the conjugate plane of symmetry 18 of the core 10 .
  • the films 32 , 32 ′ are then stretched around the opposite sides of each core 10 symmetrically.
  • FIG. 15 of the [MCP 301] application shows the proper positioning of the cores 10 in between the striped films 32 , 32 ′ as they enter the nip between the dies 112 , 112 ′ and relative to the color transitions 92 a , 92 b , 92 c , 92 a ′, 92 b ′, 92 c ′ of each film 32 , 32 ′. All of the color transitions 92 a , 92 b , 92 c , 92 a ′, 92 b ′, 92 c ′ are aligned with the conjugate plane of symmetry 16 of a corresponding core 10 .
  • the enrobing apparatus 102 preferably includes registering means 120 (shown schematically in FIG. 14 of the [MCP 301]-application) for ensuring that the colored stripes (not shown) of the films 32 , 32 ′ are properly aligned with one another prior to passage between the rotary dies 112 , 112 ′.
  • the registering means 120 also ensures that the positions of the dispensed cores 10 are appropriate relative to the color transitions 92 a , 92 b , 92 c , 92 a ′, 92 b ′, 92 c ′, such that the transition between the colors on the resulting products 122 are properly matched with one another and the conjugate plane of symmetry 18 of each core 10 .
  • FIG. 16 An enlarged schematic perspective view of the drum-like rotary dies 112 , 112 ′ is provided in FIG. 16 of the [MCP 301] application.
  • the rotary dies 112 , 112 ′ are substantially identical to one another, each having an exterior circumferential surface 124 , 124 ′ with a series of recesses 126 , 126 ′ thereon.
  • Each recess 126 , 126 ′ is arranged such that its length 130 , 130 ′ is aligned parallel to the axis of rotation AR, AR′ of its respective rotary die 112 , 112 ′.
  • Each recess 126 on one die 112 cooperates with a corresponding recess 126 ′ on the other die 112 ′.
  • the number of rows of recesses 126 , 126 ′ should correspond to the number of color transitions 92 a , 92 b , 92 c , 92 a ′, 92 b ′, 92 c ′ between the stripes 84 , 86 , 88 , 90 , 84 ′, 86 ′, 88 ′, 90 ′ on the striped films 32 , 32 ′, respectively, that pass between the dies 112 , 112 ′.
  • the orientation of the striped films 32 , 32 ′ as they pass between the rotary dies 112 , 112 ′ is such that, for example, red stripes 84 , 88 of one film 32 are matched with the red stripes 84 ′, 88 ′ of the other film 32 ′ and yellow stripes 86 , 90 , 86 ′, 90 ′ of each film 32 , 32 ′, respectively, are similarly matched with one another.
  • the registering means 120 of the enrobing apparatus 102 may be used to facilitate the orientation of the films 32 , 32 ′ such that the matching and alignment of the color transitions of each film are improved.
  • the cores 10 are dispensed to the nip between the dies 112 , 112 ′ such that they are oriented with their lengths aligned parallel to the axes of rotation AR, AR′ of the dies 112 , 112 ′ and each core 10 is thereby properly aligned to be received between a pair of coacting recesses 126 , 126 ′.
  • the rotary dies 112 , 112 ′ continue to rotate and the films 32 , 32 ′ are sealed to each other by the raised rims 128 , 128 ′ of the coacting recesses 126 , 126 ′, around the core 10 thereby forming a film seam 134 , which lies in the transverse plane of symmetry 16 of the core 10 .
  • the raised rims 128 , 128 ′ also cut through the bonded films 32 , 32 ′, at the film seam 134 around each enrobed core 10 , thereby releasing the enrobed core products 122 , from the bonded films 32 , 32 ′.
  • the film seam 134 created may comprise abutting film edges. It is also possible to have a film seam 134 wherein the cut edge of one film 32 slightly overlaps the cut edge of the other film 32 ′ by an amount approximately equal to the thickness of the films 32 , 32 ′. Alternatively, the film seam 134 could be formed such that the cut edges of the films 32 , 32 ′ are aligned with one another about the core 10 , but are spaced apart slightly by a distance that is approximately equal to the thickness of the films 32 , 32 ′.
  • the films 32 , 32 ′ may be aligned such that the resulting products 122 have a film seam 134 wherein a stripe of one color (for example, a red stripe 84 ) (or visual distinction) of one film 32 abuts or overlaps a stripe of another color (for example, a yellow stripe 90 ′) (or visual distinction) of the other film 32 ′ to form a product 122 having a “checkerboard pattern”, i.e., having four quadrants of alternating red and yellow colors (or other visual distinctions).
  • a stripe of one color for example, a red stripe 84
  • a stripe of another color for example, a yellow stripe 90 ′
  • FIGS. 17 - 19 of the [MCP 301]_______—application depict an alternative film casting apparatus 136 for use with enrobing processes.
  • the alternative film casting apparatus 136 includes film receiving means, such as a conventional metal casting belt 140 that is mounted onto two rotating drums 142 , 144 , for receiving the film 138 being cast thereon.
  • the rotating drums 142 , 144 rotate, thereby causing the casting belt 140 to move in the directions indicated by the arrows J and K.
  • a warming plate 148 may be positioned adjacent to the casting belt 140 to warm the casting belt 140 prior to casting film thereon.
  • a cooling plate 150 is positioned adjacent to the casting belt 140 to cool the casting belt 140 after film is cast thereon.
  • the alternative film casting apparatus 136 further includes film depositing means, such as a reciprocating multi-chamber slit extruder 146 , for depositing the film 138 , in a semi-continuous manner, onto the casting belt 138 .
  • film depositing means such as a reciprocating multi-chamber slit extruder 146
  • the reciprocating slit extruder 146 includes interior partitions 152 , 154 , 156 that form interior chambers 158 , 160 , 162 , 164 for holding visually distinct coating material 166 , 168 therein.
  • a slit 170 is also provided, through which the coating materials 166 , 168 flow out of the chambers 158 , 160 , 162 , 164 and onto the casting belt 140 , thereby creating a striped film 138 .
  • the reciprocating slit extruder 146 also includes supply means, such as feeder pipes 182 , 184 for supplying the coating materials 166 , 168 to each of the chambers 158 , 160 , 162 , 164 and flow control means, such as a slidable gate 180 for controlling the flow of the coating materials 166 , 168 from the chambers 158 , 160 , 162 , 164 .
  • supply means such as feeder pipes 182 , 184 for supplying the coating materials 166 , 168 to each of the chambers 158 , 160 , 162 , 164
  • flow control means such as a slidable gate 180 for controlling the flow of the coating materials 166 , 168 from the chambers 158 , 160 , 162 , 164 .
  • Each of the interior partitions 152 , 154 , 156 of the reciprocating slit extruder 146 has stripe control means, such as a tapered blade edge, to control the flow of the coating materials 166
  • reciprocating slit extruder 146 is connected to a conventional motor such that it moves reciprocatingly in the directions indicated by arrow M in FIG. 18 of the [MCP 301]_______—application.
  • feeder pipes 182 , 184 supply coating materials 166 , 168 of two colors, such as red and yellow, respectively, to alternate chambers 158 , 160 , 162 , 164 , respectively, of the reciprocating slit extruder 146 .
  • the coating materials 166 , 168 become or are maintained as liquid and flowable.
  • Cooling plate 150 at least partially solidifies the coating material 166 , 168 upon physical contact with the surface of the casting belt 140 to form the transversely striped film 138 .
  • a portion 198 of the casting belt 140 is warmed by the warming plate 148 and is then advanced by the rotating drums 142 , 144 to a position underneath the reciprocating slit extruder 146 .
  • the slidable gate 180 is then moved to a position which opens the slit 170 to the thickness that is desired for the striped film 138 .
  • the coating materials 166 , 168 flow out of the chambers 158 , 160 , 162 , 164 , along the tapered blade edges (not shown), through the slit 170 and onto the warmed portion 198 of the casting belt 140 , which briefly maintains the coating material 166 , 168 in a substantially liquid, flowable state.
  • the reciprocating slit extruder 146 is moved from a first position 194 to a second position 196 , where it is temporarily halted.
  • the slidable gate 180 is moved to a closed position, thereby blocking the slit 170 and temporarily halting the flow of coating materials 166 , 168 , which results in the formation of a film segment 200 .
  • the film segment 200 has alternating, transversely oriented red stripes 172 , 176 and yellow stripes 174 , 178 with straight and consistent color transitions 186 , 188 , 190 therebetween.
  • the casting belt 140 is moved by the rotating drums 142 , 144 , such that the film segment 200 is moved, and a newly warmed portion of the casting belt 140 is positioned beneath the reciprocating slit extruder 140 .
  • the first film segment 200 is cooled while the second film segment is cast onto the casting belt 140 .
  • the slidable gate 180 is again moved to a position which opens the slit 170 by an amount that is equal to the thickness desired for the striped film 138 .
  • the reciprocating slit extruder 146 is moved from its second position 196 back to its first position 194 , where it is again temporarily halted.
  • the first edge of the new film segment will meet and bond with the second edge 204 of the first film segment 200 .
  • the slidable gate 180 is again moved to its closed position, thereby blocking the slit 170 and temporarily halting the flow of coating materials 166 , 168 , which results in the creation of a new film segment that is bonded to the first film segment 200 .
  • the core dispensing means used herewith orients and dispenses each core 10 to the nip between the dies 208 , 208 ′ end-first, i.e., such that one of the ends 12 , 14 of each caplet 10 simultaneously contacts the converging films 138 , 138 ′ as the core 10 enters the nip.
  • FIGS. 22 - 30 of the [MCP 301]_______ application are directed to an alternative enrobing apparatus for making films with visually distinct portions, which includes the alternative film casting apparatus 136 described above.
  • a transversely striped film is fed, along with cores, into the alternative enrobing apparatus to produce bi-colored products, each having a film seam that only partially circumscribes the core and which lies in a reference plane that is different from the reference plane in which the color transition of the product lies.
  • the alternative enrobing apparatus includes a conveyor system 220 that comprises a series of horizontally-oriented rollers 222 and pairs of rollers, 224 , 226 , 228 for supporting and conveying the transversely striped film 138 .
  • a core dispensing means 230 is positioned above the conveyor system 220 and the film 138 for the purpose of dispensing cores 10 onto the film 138 in the required orientation with respect to the color transitions 186 , 188 , 190 .
  • the core dispensing means 230 includes slat feeders 234 , 236 that orient the cores as required for proper positioning onto the film 138 .
  • the core dispensing means 230 further includes a core positioning slat 238 and a core plunger 240 positioned above the positioning slat 238 .
  • Cores 10 are fed from hopper 232 , through the slat feeders 234 , 236 , to the positioning slat 238 .
  • the cores 10 ′, 10 ′′, 10 ′′′ are lined up, end 12 to end 14 and, thereby, each core is moved along the positioning slat 238 in a substantially continuous manner by the core behind it.
  • a registering means 242 signals a motor, which moves the plunger 240 up and down until the core 10 ′ contacts and rests upon the film 138 .
  • plunger 240 reaches its uppermost position, it momentarily stops until the next core 10 ′′ is moved beyond support rails 248 , 250 contained within the positioning slat 238 . The foregoing events are repeated continuously as long as cores 10 are fed and moved through the positioning slat 238 .
  • the beginning portion of the conveyor system 220 i.e., the portion that is located between the alternative film casting apparatus 136 and a short distance on the opposite side of the core positioning slat 238 , is comprised of horizontally-oriented rollers 222 .
  • Film 138 is moved by the horizontally-oriented rollers 222 along this beginning portion.
  • the remaining portion of the conveyor system 220 which is located between a short distance past the positioning slat 238 and the rotary dies 260 , 262 , is comprised of pairs of rollers 224 , 226 , 228 . As shown schematically in FIG.
  • the individual rollers of sequential pairs of rollers 224 , 226 , 228 are gradually and sequentially pivoted upward from the horizontal plane, in increments of about 10 degrees for each successive pair of rollers 224 , 226 , 228 , starting proximate to the positioning slat 238 . Accordingly, as the film 138 approaches the rotary dies 260 , 262 , the film 138 is folded longitudinally about the cores 10 .
  • each of the dies 260 , 262 rotate and cooperate with one another to form a nip therebetween, into which the cores 10 and the film 138 are fed.
  • each of the dies 260 , 262 have recesses 282 , 284 , arranged circumferentially in a row on the surface of each die 260 , 262 .
  • the recesses 282 , 284 each have raised rims for sealing and cutting the bonded film 138 about the cores 10 , thereby enrobing the cores 10 .
  • the rotary dies 260 , 262 are oriented such that they rotate in the horizontal plane, rather than in the vertical plane as do the previously discussed rotary dies 112 , 112 ′, 208 , 208 ′. Furthermore, when the cores 10 are fed into the nip, the film 138 is folded and partially bonded about them. Furthermore, the partially enrobed cores 10 are fed successively, i.e., one-by-one, into the nip between the dies 260 , 262 .
  • the shell may also be applied to the core using a vacuum forming apparatus.
  • a vacuum forming apparatus Commonly assigned, copending U.S. Patent Application Serial Nos. [MCP 301 and MCP 316]_______ disclose such apparatuses.
  • a vacuum forming apparatus 292 includes a first plurality of individual porous platens 294 , a first conveyor system 296 and a second conveyor system 298 .
  • the first and second conveyor systems 296 , 298 are arranged in series with one another, thereby creating a single path along which the porous platens 294 are moved in semi-continuous fashion.
  • the first and second conveyer systems 296 , 298 are provided with conventional vacuum sources that apply a vacuum to each of the porous platens 294 while they are moved along the apparatus.
  • the vacuum forming apparatus 292 further includes a second plurality of individual porous platens 304 and a third conveyor system 306 that moves porous platens 304 along a second path, which is shown by the arrow GG in FIG. 31.
  • the third conveyor system 306 is positioned between the first and second conveyor systems 296 , 298 .
  • a rotating mechanism 308 is also positioned between the first and second conveyor systems 296 , 298 .
  • the rotating mechanism 308 simultaneously holds together two of platens, i.e., one platen 294 and a corresponding platen 304 , and rotates them together, such that the platen 304 , first on top, is inverted and positioned on the bottom.
  • Each porous platen 294 , 304 has at least one recess 310 , 312 , respectively, sized and shaped to temporarily but snugly receive therein a core 10 to be enrobed.
  • the orientation of the recesses 310 , 312 in all of the platens 294 , 304 must be longitudinal, or, alternatively, the orientation of the recesses 310 , 312 in all of the platens 294 , 304 must be transverse (or otherwise aligned with the orientation of the stripes on the films).
  • the vacuum forming apparatus 292 further includes a first pair of rollers 338 , 340 having a film 342 mounted thereon.
  • the first pair of rollers 338 , 340 is positioned proximate to the first conveyor system 296 such that the first film 342 is suspended above the first plurality of porous platens 294 .
  • a second pair of rollers 344 , 346 having a second film 348 mounted thereon is positioned proximate to the second conveyor system 298 such that the second film 348 is also suspended above the first plurality of porous platens 294
  • the vacuum forming apparatus 292 also includes a first registering device 350 positioned proximate to the first conveyor system 296 for properly positioning the first film 342 relative to a core 10 that is positioned within the recess 310 of the porous platen 294 .
  • a second registering device 352 is positioned proximate to the second conveyor system 298 for properly positioning the second film 348 relative to a partially enrobed core 10 that is positioned within the recess 310 of another of the porous platens 294 .
  • the vacuum forming apparatus 292 also includes a first ring press 354 and a first film cutter 356 that are positioned proximate to the first conveyor system 296 and move in a reciprocating fashion. Additionally, a second ring press 358 and a second film cutter 360 are positioned proximate to the second conveyor system 298 .
  • the first and second ring presses 354 , 358 each have an open configuration, such as an O-shape or an oval shape, as viewed from above, such that there is formed a passageway 362 , 364 , respectively, therethrough.
  • Each of the ring presses 354 , 358 also has a contacting edge 366 , 368 , respectively, configured to contact the first and second films 342 , 348 , respectively, without damaging them.
  • Each of the ring presses 354 , 358 is sized and shaped such that the contacting edges 366 , 368 circumscribe a core 10 therein.
  • the first and second film cutters 356 , 360 each have a recess 370 , 372 , respectively, that is sized and shaped to receive therein a portion of a partially enrobed core 10 which already has a film coating applied thereto.
  • the first film cutter 356 is oriented to face the porous platen 294 positioned thereunder, while the second film cutter 360 is oriented to face the porous platen 304 positioned thereunder.
  • the first and second film cutters 356 , 360 also move reciprocatingly.
  • the first film 342 is mounted onto a first pair of rollers 338 , 340 and stretched therebetween, such that the first film 342 is positioned between the first conveyor system 296 and the first plurality of porous platens 294 on one side, and the first ring press 354 and the first film cutter 356 on the other side.
  • the second film 348 is mounted onto a second pair of rollers 344 , 346 and stretched therebetween, such that the second film 348 is positioned between the second conveyor system 298 and the first plurality porous platens 294 on one side, and the second ring press 360 and the second film cutter 362 on the other side.
  • the first, second and third conveyor systems 296 , 298 , 306 are set into motion, thereby moving the porous platens 294 , 304 in the directions indicated by the arrows EE, FF, GG, respectively, in FIG. 31 of the [MCP 301]_______ application.
  • the first conveyor system 296 moves one of the porous platens 294 to a position that is immediately prior to the first station 378 .
  • a core 10 is placed into the recess 310 of this porous platen 294 and held firmly in the recess 310 by the aforementioned vacuum, which is continuously applied to the platen 294 and all others on the conveyor 298 , by a first vacuum source 300 .
  • Platen 294 is next moved by the first conveyor system 296 to the first station 378 . Movement of the platen 294 ceases temporarily when the first registering device 350 confirms that the core 10 is properly positioned. While the platen 294 is momentarily stationary, hot air is blown through the first ring press 354 , thereby softening the first film 342 to a formable state. The first ring press 354 is then moved, such that the contacting edge 366 of the first ring press 354 presses the first film 342 onto the working surface 314 of the platen 294 and into contact with the top half of the core 10 .
  • the heated first film 342 is simultaneously pulled onto the core 10 and thereby made to conform to the shape of the top half of the core 10 by the aforementioned vacuum. Thereafter, the first ring press 354 is retracted and platen 294 is moved to the second station 380 , where it is temporarily stopped. While the platen 294 and the core 10 are temporarily stationary, cold air is blown onto the first film 342 and core 10 , thereby cooling and molding the first film 342 into conformity with the top half of the core 10 .
  • the platen 294 and partially enrobed core 10 are moved a predetermined distance by the first conveyor system 296 to the third station 382 of the vacuum forming apparatus 292 and temporarily halted there such that the partially enrobed core 10 is aligned with the recess 370 and the cutting edge 374 of the first film cutter 356 .
  • the first film cutter 356 is moved until the partially enrobed core 10 is received snugly within the recess 370 and the tapered cutting edge 374 contacts and cuts through the first film 342 closely around the perimeter of the partially enrobed core 10 .
  • the first film cutter 356 is then moved away from the platen 294 .
  • the platen 294 and partially enrobed core 10 are next moved to the fourth, or rotating, station 384 of the vacuum forming apparatus 292 and, again, temporarily stopped, whereupon the partially enrobed core 10 is transferred to one of the platens 304 , as follows.
  • the third conveyor system 306 moves one of the platens 304 into position at the rotating station 384 , such that it is inverted relative to the platen 294 carrying the partially enrobed core 10 thereon.
  • the first conveyor system 296 holds the platen 294 and partially enrobed core 10 temporarily stationary at the rotating station 384 .
  • the platen 304 is then moved toward the partially enrobed core 10 until the partially enrobed core 10 is held within the recesses 310 , 312 of both of the platens 294 , 304 (as shown in FIGS. 31 and 40 of the [MCP 301]______—application).
  • the vacuum being applied to the porous platen 294 is discontinued and the platens 294 , 304 are rotated with the partially enrobed core 10 therebetween, whereupon the platen 294 holding the core 10 is inverted, and the platen 304 is moved into a right-side-up position.
  • the now inverted platen 294 is now moved away from the right-side-up platen 304 and becomes one of the platens 304 moving along the path shown by the arrow GG in FIG. 31 of the [MCP 301]______—application.
  • the right-side-up platen 304 is next moved onto the second conveyor system 298 and becomes one of the platens 294 moving along the path shown by the arrows EE, FF in FIG.
  • Platen 294 and partially enrobed core 10 are moved by the second conveyor system 298 to the fifth station 386 of the vacuum forming apparatus 292 . Movement of the platen 294 ceases temporarily when the second registering device 352 confirms that the partially enrobed core 10 is properly positioned relative to the second film 248 . While the platen 294 is momentarily stationary, hot air is blown through the second ring press 358 to soften the second film 348 to a formable state. The second ring press 358 is then moved such that the contacting edge 368 of the second ring press 358 contacts and presses the second film 348 onto the working surface 314 of the platen 294 and into contact with the uncovered portion of the partially enrobed core 10 .
  • the heated second film 248 is then pulled onto the core 10 by a vacuum applied by the second vacuum source 302 , thereby conforming the second film 248 to the shape of the uncovered portion of the core 10 .
  • the second ring press 358 is retracted and the platen 294 , having the enrobed core 10 held in its recess 310 by the vacuum, is now moved to the sixth station 388 and temporarily stopped there.
  • the second film 348 partially overlaps the cut edge of the first film 342 that has already been applied to the core 10 .
  • the platen 294 and the core 10 are temporarily stationary, cold air is now blown onto the second film 248 and core 10 , thereby cooling and molding the second film 348 into conformity with the core 10 .
  • the platen 294 and the enrobed core 10 are moved a predetermined distance by the second conveyor system 298 to the seventh station 390 of the vacuum forming apparatus 292 and temporarily halted there such that the enrobed core 10 is aligned with the recess 372 and the cutting edge 376 of the second film cutter 360 .
  • the second film cutter 360 is moved until the enrobed core 10 is received snugly within the recess 372 and the cutting edge 376 contacts and cuts through the second film 248 closely around the perimeter of the enrobed core 10 .
  • the second film cutter 360 is then moved away from the platen 294 .
  • the platen 294 and fully enrobed core 10 are moved by the second conveyer system 298 away from the seventh station 390 . After the platen 294 and enrobed core 10 are past the seventh station 390 , the vacuum being applied to the platen 294 is ceased, thereby releasing the enrobed product 404 from the. recess 310 .
  • platens having recesses that are each circumscribed by a raised cutting ridge capable of cleanly cutting the first and second films 342 , 348 may be used.
  • the first film 342 instead of first placing the caplet 10 into the recess 310 of the first platen 294 , the first film 342 could be laid across a first platen and then warm air could be blown onto the first film 342 to soften it to a formable state. Then, a vacuum could be applied through the platen to pull the first film 342 into the recess and conform it thereto.
  • the core 10 could be placed into the recess 310 and cool air blown onto the platen 294 , first film 342 and core, to mold the first film 342 into conformity with the core 10 .
  • the second film 348 would then be placed onto the platen, on top of the core 10 , and warm air blown onto the second film 348 to soften it to a formable state.
  • Another platen would then be moved into contact with the second film 348 , pressing the second film 348 against the core 10 and the first platen 294 , thereby, conforming the second film 348 to the contour of the core 10 .
  • Cool air would then be blown onto the second film 348 , thereby molding the second film 348 onto the caplet 10 .
  • the raised cutting edges of the recesses may cut through both of the first and second films 342 , 348 , thereby releasing enrobed products.
  • the shell is preferably applied to the core in the form of a flowable material.
  • the flowable material may comprise a dissolved, dispersed, or molten component, and optionally a solvent or fluid carrier component that may optionally be removed during processing, for example by drying.
  • the finished shell, and accordingly the flowable material for making the shell preferably comprises a film former.
  • the shell or readily soluble shell portion of the present invention may further comprise one or more thickeners, and various adjuvants and/or excipients as known in the art.
  • any film former known in the art is suitable for use in the flowable material.
  • suitable film formers include, but are not limited to, film-forming water soluble polymers, film-forming proteins, film-forming water insoluble polymers, and film-forming pH-dependent polymers.
  • the film former may be selected from cellulose acetate, ammonio methacrylate copolymer type B, shellac, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, and polyethylene oxide, and combinations thereof.
  • Suitable film-forming water soluble polymers include water soluble vinyl polymers such as polyvinylalcohol (PVA); water soluble polycarbohydrates such as hydroxypropyl starch, hydroxyethyl starch, pullulan, methylethyl starch, carboxymethyl starch, pre-gelatinized starches, and film-forming modified starches; water swellable cellulose derivatives such as hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC), hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose (HPMC), methyl cellulose (MC), hydroxyethylmethylcellulose (HEMC), hydroxybutylmethylcellulose (HBMC), hydroxyethylethylcellulose (HEEC), and hydroxyethylhydroxypropylmethyl cellulose (HEMPMC); water soluble copolymers such as methacrylic acid and methacrylate ester copolymers, polyvinyl alcohol and polyethylene glycol copolymers, polyethylene oxide and polyvinylpyrrolidone copolymers; and derivatives such as
  • Suitable film-forming proteins may be natural or chemically modified, and include gelatin, whey protein, myofibrillar proteins, coaggulatable proteins such as albumin, casein, caseinates and casein isolates, soy protein and soy protein isolates, zein; and polymers, derivatives and mixtures thereof.
  • Suitable film-forming water insoluble polymers include for example ethylcellulose, polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinyl acetate, polycaprolactones, cellulose acetate and its derivatives, acrylates, methacrylates, acrylic acid copolymers; and the like and derivatives, copolymers, and combinations thereof.
  • Suitable film-forming pH-dependent polymers include enteric cellulose derivatives, such as for example hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose acetate succinate, cellulose acetate phthalate; natural resins, such as shellac and zein; enteric acetate derivatives such as for example polyvinylacetate phthalate, cellulose acetate phthalate, acetaldehyde dimethylcellulose acetate; and enteric acrylate derivatives such as for example polymethacrylate-based polymers such as poly(methacrylic acid, methyl methacrylate) 1:2, which is commercially available from Rohm Pharma GmbH under the tradename, EUDRAGIT S, and poly(methacrylic acid, methyl methacrylate) 1:1, which is commercially available from Rohm Pharma GmbH under the tradename, EUDRAGIT L, and the like, and derivatives, salts, copolymers, and combinations thereof.
  • enteric cellulose derivatives such as for example hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
  • HPMC 2910 is a cellulose ether having a degree of substitution of about 1.9 and a hydroxypropyl molar substitution of 0.23, and containing, based upon the total weight of the compound, from about 29% to about 30% methoxyl groups and from about 7% to about 12% hydroxylpropyl groups.
  • HPMC 2910 is commercially available from the Dow Chemical Company under the tradename METHOCEL E.
  • METHOCEL E5 which is one grade of HPMC-2910 suitable for use in the present invention, has a viscosity of about 4 to 6 cps (4 to 6 millipascal-seconds) at 20° C.
  • METHOCEL E6 which is another grade of HPMC-2910 suitable for use in the present invention, has a viscosity of about 5 to 7 cps (5 to 7 millipascal-seconds) at 20° C. in a 2% aqueous solution as determined by a Ubbelohde viscometer.
  • METHOCEL E15 which is another grade of HPMC-2910 suitable for use in the present invention, has a viscosity of about 15000 cps (15 millipascal-seconds) at 20° C. in a 2% aqueous solution as determined by a Ubbelohde viscometer.
  • degree of substitution meand the average number of substituent groups attached to a anhydroglucose ring
  • hydroxypropyl molar substitution meand the number of moles of hydroxypropyl per mole anhydroglucose.
  • polyvinyl alcohol and polyethylene glycol copolymer are commercially available from BASF Corporation under the tradename KOLLICOAT IR.
  • modified starches include starches that have been modified by crosslinking, chemically modified for improved stability or optimized performance, or physically modified for improved solubility properties or optimized performance.
  • chemically-modified starches are well known in the art and typically include those starches that have been chemically treated to cause replacement of some of its hydroxyl groups with either ester or ether groups.
  • Crosslinking as used herein, may occur in modified starches when two hydroxyl groups on neighboring starch molecules are chemically linked.
  • pre-gelatinized starches or “instantized starches” refers to modified starches that have been pre-wetted, then dried to enhance their cold-water solubility.
  • Suitable modified starches are commercially available from several suppliers such as, for example, A.E. Staley Manufacturing Company, and National Starch & Chemical Company.
  • One suitable film forming modified starch includes the pre-gelatinized waxy maize derivative starches that are commercially available from National Starch & Chemical Company under the tradenames PURITY GUM and FILMSET, and derivatives, copolymers, and mixtures thereof.
  • Such waxy maize starches typically contain, based upon the total weight of the starch, from about 0 percent to about 18 percent of amylose and from about 100% to about 88% of amylopectin.
  • Suitable film forming modified starches include the hydroxypropylated starches, in which some of the hydroxyl groups of the starch have been etherified with hydroxypropyl groups, usually via treatment with propylene oxide.
  • a suitable hydroxypropyl starch that possesses film-forming properties is available from Grain Processing Company under the tradename, PURE-COTE B790.
  • Suitable tapioca dextrins for use as film formers include those available from National Starch & Chemical Company under the tradenames CRYSTAL GUM or K-4484, and derivatives thereof such as modified food starch derived from tapioca, which is available from National Starch and Chemical under the tradename PURITY GUM 40, and copolymers and mixtures thereof.
  • any thickener known in the art is suitable for use in the flowable material of the present invention.
  • thickeners include but are not limited to hydrocolloids (also referred to herein as gelling polymers), clays, gelling starches, and crystallizable carbohydrates, and derivatives, copolymers and mixtures thereof.
  • hydrocolloids also referred to herein as gelling polymers
  • suitable hydrocolloids such as alginates, agar, guar gum, locust bean, carrageenan, tara, gum arabic, tragacanth, pectin, xanthan, gellan, maltodextrin, galactomannan, pusstulan, laminarin, scleroglucan, gum arabic, inulin, pectin, whelan, rhamsan, zooglan, methylan, chitin, cyclodextrin, chitosan.
  • Suitable clays include smectites such as bentonite, kaolin, and laponite; magnesium trisilicate, magnesium aluminum silicate, and the like, and derivatives and mixtures thereof.
  • suitable gelling starches include acid hydrolyzed starches, and derivatives and mixtures thereof.
  • Additional suitable thickening hydrocolloids include low-moisture polymer solutions such as mixtures of gelatin and other hydrocolloids at water contents up to about 30%, such as for example those used to make “gummi” confection forms.
  • Suitable thickeners include crystallizable carbohydrates, and the like, and derivatives and combinations thereof.
  • Suitable crystallizable carbohydrates include the monosaccharides and the oligosaccharides.
  • the aldohexoses e.g., the D and L isomers of allose, altrose, glucose, mannose, gulose, idose, galactose, talose
  • the ketohexoses e.g., the D and L isomers of fructose and sorbose along with their hydrogenated analogs: e.g., glucitol (sorbitol), and mannitol are preferred.
  • the 1,2-disaccharides sucrose and trehalose the 1,4-disaccharides maltose, lactose, and cellobiose, and the 1,6-disaccharides gentiobiose and melibiose, as well as the trisaccharide raffinose are preferred along with the isomerized form of sucrose known as isomaltulose and its hydrogenated analog isomalt.
  • Other hydrogenated forms of reducing disaccharides such as maltose and lactose
  • maltitol and lactitol are also preferred.
  • the hydrogenated forms of the aldopentoses e.g., D and L ribose, arabinose, xylose, and lyxose and the hydrogenated forms of the aldotetroses: e.g., D and L erythrose and threose are preferred and are exemplified by xylitol and erythritol, respectively.
  • the flowable material comprises gelatin as a gelling polymer.
  • Gelatin is a natural, thermogelling polymer. It is a tasteless and colorless mixture of derived proteins of the albuminous class which is ordinarily soluble in warm water.
  • Type A gelatin is a derivative of acid-treated raw materials.
  • Type B gelatin is a derivative of alkali-treated raw materials.
  • Bloom is defined as the weight in grams required to move a half-inch diameter plastic plunger 4 mm into a 6.67% gelatin gel that has been held at 10° C. for 17 hours.
  • the flowable material is an aqueous solution comprising 20% 275 Bloom pork skin gelatin, 20% 250 Bloom Bone Gelatin, and approximately 60% water.
  • Suitable xanthan gums include those available from C.P. Kelco Company under the tradenames KELTROL 1000, XANTROL 180, or K9B310.
  • Suitable clays include smectites such as bentonite, kaolin, and laponite; magnesium trisilicate, magnesium aluminum silicate, and the like, and derivatives and mixtures thereof.
  • Acid-hydrolyzed starch is one type of modified starch that results from treating a starch suspension with dilute acid at a temperature below the gelatinization point of the starch. During the acid hydrolysis, the granular form of the starch is maintained in the starch suspension, and the hydrolysis reaction is ended by neutralization, filtration and drying once the desired degree of hydrolysis is reached. As a result, the average molecular size of the starch polymers is reduced. Acid-hydrolyzed starches (also known as “thin boiling starches”) tend to have a much lower hot viscosity than the same native starch as well as a strong tendency to gel when cooled.
  • Gelling starches include those starches that, when combined with water and heated to a temperature sufficient to form a solution, thereafter form a gel upon cooling to a temperature below the gelation point of the starch.
  • Examples of gelling starches include, but are not limited to, acid hydrolyzed starches such as that available from Grain Processing Corporation under the tradename PURE-SET B950; hydroxypropyl distarch phosphate such as that available from Grain Processing Corporation under the tradename, PURE-GEL B990, and mixtures thereof.
  • Suitable low-melting hydrophobic materials include fats, fatty acid esters, phospholipids, and waxes.
  • suitable fats include hydrogenated vegetable oils such as for example cocoa butter, hydrogenated palm kernel oil, hydrogenated cottonseed oil, hydrogenated sunflower oil, and hydrogenated soybean oil; and free fatty acids and their salts.
  • Suitable fatty acid esters include sucrose fatty acid esters, mono, di, and triglycerides, glyceryl behenate, glyceryl palmitostearate, glyceryl monostearate, glyceryl tristearate, glyceryl trilaurylate, glyceryl myristate, GlycoWax-932, lauroyl macrogol-32 glycerides, and stearoyl macrogol-32 glycerides.
  • suitable phospholipids include phosphotidyl choline, phosphotidyl serene, phosphotidyl enositol, and phosphotidic acid.
  • suitable waxes include carnauba wax, spermaceti wax, beeswax, candelilla wax, shellac wax, microcrystalline wax, and paraffin wax; fat-containing mixtures such as chocolate; and the like.
  • Suitable non-crystallizable carbohydrates include non-crystallizable sugars such as polydextrose, and starch hydrolysates, e.g. glucose syrup, corn syrup, and high fructose corn syrup; and non-crystallizable sugar-alcohols such as maltitol syrup.
  • Suitable solvents for optional use as components of the flowable material include water; polar organic solvents such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, acetone, and the like; and non-polar organic solvents such as methylene chloride, and the like; and mixtures thereof.
  • the flowable material for making the shell by spraying, dipping, enrobing, or molding may optionally comprise adjuvants or excipients, which may comprise up to about 30% by weight of the flowable material.
  • adjuvants or excipients include plasticizers, detackifiers, humectants, surfactants, anti-foaming agents, colorants, flavorants, sweeteners, opacifiers, and the like.
  • Suitable plasticizers for making the core, the shell, or a portion thereof, by molding include, but not be limited to polyethylene glycol; propylene glycol; glycerin; sorbitol; triethyl citrate; tribuyl citrate; dibutyl sebecate; vegetable oils such as castor oil, rape oil, olive oil, and sesame oil; surfactants such as polysorbates, sodium lauryl sulfates, and dioctyl-sodium sulfosuccinates; mono acetate of glycerol; diacetate of glycerol; triacetate of glycerol; natural gums; triacetin; acetyltributyl citrate; diethyloxalate; diethylmalate; diethyl fumarate; diethylmalonate; dioctylphthalate; dibutylsuccinate; glyceroltributyrate; hydrogenated castor oil; fatty acids
  • the openings may be made in the shell in any manner.
  • a variety of methods of creating openings or holes in coatings are known in the pharmaceutical and other arts, and any of these may be used.
  • different methods of making the openings may lend themselves to combination with different methods of manufacturing the dosage form and/or applying the shell thereto.
  • the method of making the openings also depends on the nature and composition of the shell, and the outer coating if present.
  • the openings may be formed in the shell of the present invention at any of several different steps in the process, depending partly on the process used to apply the shell to the core.
  • the openings may be formed during formation of the cast film, after formation of the cast film but prior to application of the film to the core, during application of the film to the core, or after application of the film to the core.
  • the openings may be formed in the shell material during application of the shell to the core, or after application of the shell to the core.
  • ablative methods employing erosion, melting, or vaporization of the shell by water jet erosion, sand blasting, grinding, arc vaporization, dielectric breakdown, ion beam sputtering, ultrasonic abrasive machining, cavitating fluid jet, or laser evaporation may be used to make the openings.
  • Mechanical processes such as punching, perforating, slitting, piercing, drilling, masking followed by dipping, or vacuum removal may be used to make the openings.
  • Chemical means such as acid reactions, base reactions, solvent washing, acid etching with masking, photo etching with masking, anisotropic wet chemical etching, isotropic wet chemical etching, hydrophobization whereby dots of a nonwetting material are printed for example on a roller, or a burned mask effect may be used to make the openings.
  • Methods involving the application of heat such as melting with a hot iron, laser machining, arc evaporation, ultrasonic melting or cavitation, microwave heating, high energy methods such as plasma methods, infrared selective polymer curing, or induction heating with ferrous additives may be used to make the openings.
  • additive methods such as painting, dipping, solvent washing, enrobing of the core with a woven material, strands or ribbons, spray coating with a masking material and removing the masking material by solvent or hydrophobic incompatibility, spraying through a masking sheet, using ribbons of material, or building up threads or webs or mats in the shell may also be used to create openings.
  • the shell is applied to the core by thermal cycle molding, as described above, and the openings are formed via one or more protrusions on the inside surface of at least one of the mold assemblies.
  • Each protrusion which is adjusted for shape and size as desired, masks a small location on an underlying core, leaving behind an opening in the shell at the site of the protrusion.
  • the mold assemblies may comprise a plurality of protrusions to form a plurality of corresponding openings in the shell.
  • the protrusions may be located on the inside surface of only one mold assembly, say the upper mold assembly, or located within only a portion, i.e., one quadrant of the inside surface of one mold assembly, as desired. Or the protrusions may be arranged to form patterns, symbols, words, and the like, in the shell.
  • the shell is applied to the core by enrobing, either using visually homogeneous films as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,146,730 and 5,459,983, or films having visually distinct portions as described in commonly assigned, copending U.S. application Ser. Nos. ______ [MCP 301 and MCP 316]______.
  • the cast films used for the enrobing step are perforated either before, during, or after the enrobing process.
  • the openings may be formed during formation of the cast film by the mechanical method of casting the openings into the film using a suitably shaped or textured casting surface, e.g. chilled film forming roll (exterior surface 36 of casting drum 34 in the [MCP 301]_______ application).
  • Suitable textures include surfaces with protrusions tall enough that the poured film will not envelope the protrusions, thus leaving openings in the cooled film.
  • FIG. 7 depicts such a forming roll 1010 having a surface 1020 having a suitable texture that creates voids, slits, or open areas in the film. The films arrive at the dye rolls 1040 already containing openings.
  • the openings may be mechanically pierced or punched in the cast film after it is formed, and prior to its application to the core.
  • FIGS. 8 and 9 depict perforating apparatuses 1030 located between the forming rolls 1010 and dye rolls 1040 . The perforating apparatus pierces, or punches openings into the formed film.
  • the film is vaccuum formed on a vacuum forming plate (i.e., a plurality of porous platens 294 as described in the [MCP 301]_______ application) into the cavity shapes for depositing the cores into the recess, then the openings are formed prior to inserting the cores.
  • a vacuum forming plate i.e., a plurality of porous platens 294 as described in the [MCP 301]_______ application
  • the openings are formed prior to inserting the cores.
  • the shaped film with recesses is removed from the forming plate (i.e., the plurality of porous platens 294 ), and travels to a perforating apparatus.
  • the shaped film with recesses remains in contact with the forming plate (i.e., the plurality of porous platens 294 ), and openings are formed therein via suitable ablative methods prior to insertion of the cores.
  • suitable ablative method for this application employs a laser to “burn” the openings into the formed film in the desired shape, size and pattern.
  • FIG. 10 Another particular embodiment wherein openings are formed in the shell prior to its application to the core by enrobing is depicted in FIG. 10.
  • This method employs a capsule shell (comprising gelatin, starch, cellulose ethers, or other suitable materials as known in the art and described herein) to enrobe the core of the dosage form.
  • the capsule shell is formed in two portions 1210 by dipping steel pins into a solution of shell material in fluid form as known in the art.
  • the shell material is then solidified on the steel pins.
  • suitable means such as for example a laser, is used to burn the openings in the capsule shell in the desired size, shape, and pattern.
  • the cores 1220 are then enrobed with the capsule shells 1210 as known in the art, for example by shrink-fitting capsule shell halves onto compressed tablets as disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,415,868, 6,126,767, 5,464,631, 5,460,824, 5,317,849, 5,511,361, 5,609,010, 5,795,588 and 6,080,426, and PCT Appln. No. WO 97/37629 to produce a dosage form 1230 of the present invention.
  • the openings may be formed in the shell during the application of the shell to the core.
  • the shell may be applied to the core by any suitable method, e.g. enrobing, dipping, transfer, spraying, or molding.
  • the surface of the rotary dies 1040 have a suitable texture that creates voids, slits, or open areas in the shell by perforating, piercing, or punching as the core is being enrobed with the cast film.
  • FIG. 11 One example of a method of forming openings in the shell during application of the shell to the core by a dipping process is depicted in FIG. 11.
  • the core is held during dipping by a holder 1310 equipped with one or more, preferably a plurality of masking pins 1320 that hold the core, and mask the areas to be left uncovered by shell.
  • the shape, size and arrangement of the masking pins 1320 determine the shape, size, and pattern of the openings in the shell.
  • FIG. 12 Another example of a method of forming openings in the shell during application of the shell to the core by a dipping process is depicted in FIG. 12.
  • the core is dipped into a foamed shell material 1420 .
  • the openings are coreated during application of the shell by dipping the core into a suspension of solid wax non-pareils in film-forming shell material.
  • the non-pareils are deposited onto the core along with the shell material.
  • the shell material is then solidified.
  • heat is applied in order to melt the wax non-pareils, leaving openings in the shell in the size and shape of the wax non-pareils.
  • the core is dipped into a fluid material, e.g. polymer which reacts and solidifies upon activation by ultraviolet radiation, light, or heat.
  • a highly specific or targeted energy source such as a laser is used to selectively solidify the portion of shell intended to remain on the tablet. After this treatment, the remaining fluid either drains off or is washed off.
  • the core surface may be coated with a powder, after which a laser can be used to selectively melt portions of the powder, leaving unmelted powder where openings are desired. The remaining material remains a powder and is shaken off.
  • FIG. 13 One example of a preferred method of forming openings in the shell during application of the shell to the core by a transfer method similar to printing is depicted in FIG. 13.
  • a transfer plate 1510 surface has an engraved image with peaks and valleys.
  • the shell material is applied in fluid form to the surface of the transfer plate 1510 , and selectively fills in the valleys but does not cover the peaks.
  • a “print pad” applicator 1520 picks up the shell material in the pattern of the image from the transfer plate 1510 and deposits, or transfers, the shell material in the desired pattern onto the surface of the core.
  • Transfer plates offer the advantage of allowing indirect application of the pattern to the dosage form.
  • Another suitable method of painting the shell material selectively onto the core is by powder coating, e.g. electrostatic depostion as disclosed in PCT Appln. No. WO 01/57144.
  • Another suitable method of painting the shell material selectively onto the core is via ink jet printing as disclosed in.
  • the openings may be formed in the shell after the shell is applied to the core.
  • the core 1610 has protrusions 1620
  • the shell 1630 is applied to surround the entire core, then the protrusions are ground off, e.g. by a pair of rotating grinding wheels 1640 to expose uncoated core (i.e. create openings 1650 ).
  • the shell is applied to the core as multiple layers of a film, e.g. by enrobing. Areas of the film are then selectively burned off with a laser to create openings in the shell surface in the desired pattern and having any desired depth.
  • a scintering process is used to deposit the shell.
  • Powdered shell material is applied to the core surface, then heat is applied to partially, but not completely, fuse the powder particles, creating a porous shell surface.
  • Other preferred methods for forming openings in the shell after its application to the core employ mechanical methods such as punching, piercing, drilling, hot knive, melting.
  • FIG. 15A depicts the use of hot pins or knives to melt and/or pierce the openings into the shell.
  • FIG. 15B depicts the drilling of openings in the shell.
  • the melting or piercing tips depicted in FIG. 15 may form the surface (or “business end”) of either a punch mechanism, or a roller mechanism.
  • Another suitable mechanical method includes punching the openings into the formed shell as depicted in FIG. 16.
  • the punched-out shell material remains in the cavity created by the punch, however a portion of the core surface becomes exposed as part of the interior of the cavity.
  • Alternate methods for forming openings in the shell after its application to the core include ablative methods such as sand/grit blasting, grinding, arc vaporization, dielectric breakdown, ion beam sputtering, ulirasonic abrasive machining, cavitating fluid jet, laser evaporation; chemical methods such as selective application acid or base reaction, chemical photo etching; thermal methods such as melting using hot pins, laser machining, arc evaporation, ultrasonic melting or cavitation, microwave heating, and the like. These methods can optionally be employed to selectively remove shell material after first masking the area of shell intended to remain intact.
  • the film sheets may be subjected to a mechanical process such as punching, perforating, slitting, piercing, or drilling to form one or more openings in the film sheets.
  • a mechanical process such as punching, perforating, slitting, piercing, or drilling to form one or more openings in the film sheets.
  • slits may be formed in the cast or extruded film by ablative, mechanical, chemical, thermal, or additive methods.
  • Part A Preparation of Compressed Tablet Core:
  • a compressed tablet core comprising 500 mg of acetaminophen as the active ingredient, is prepared from the following components: Ingredient Mg/Core I. Active and Excipients acetaminophen, USP 500.0 powdered cellulose, NF 40.0 pregelatinized starch, NF 10.0 sodium starch glycolate, NF 10.0 II. Granulating Agent starch, NF 40.0 purified water, USP q.s. III Dry Adds magnesium stearate, NF 3.2
  • Part II The active and excipients of Part I are weighed in the proportions provided and added to a bowl of a fluid bed granulator such as an AEROMATIC brand granulator.
  • the granulating agent (Part II) is prepared by adding the purified water to a processing tank with approximately 15 grams of water for each gram of starch NF. The starch is mixed in slowly, and the mixture is heated until the temperature reaches about 82 to 84° C. With the components of Part I in a heated fluidized state and an inlet air temperature of 75 to 85° C., the granulating agent is sprayed onto the powders.
  • the granulated powders are dried to a moisture content of about 1.4 to 1.9% as determined by loss on drying using for example a COMPUTRAC brand analyzer.
  • the dried granulation is then sieved, for example, using a GLATT QUICK brand sieve stator No. 3, screen No. 1.5 mm, 1,000 RPM.
  • the sieved and dried granulation is then blended with the powders of Part III using a suitable mixer such as a twin shell, ribbon or planetary mixer.
  • the finished blend is then loaded into the hopper of a rotary tableting machine and compressed into tablets using round deep concave tooling having a diameter of ⁇ fraction (7/16) ⁇ inches.
  • the average thickness of the resulting tablet cores is approximately 0.3 inches.
  • the average hardness of the resulting tablet cores is approximately 10 Kp.
  • the average tablet core weight is approximately 603.2 mg.
  • Part B Preparation of Shell Material as Cast Film for Enrobing:
  • a first gelatin based cast film for enrobing the core of part A having a thickness in the range of approximately 0.02 inches, is prepared from the following components: Gelatin (150 Bloom) 45% Glycerin 6% Sorbitol 2% Water 45% Colorants 2%
  • the colorants are mixed with the water to form a homogenous soluiton.
  • the dry gelatin granules are added to the colorant solution, and mixed for about 1 minute to completely wet the gelatin granules.
  • the gelatin slurry is placed in a water bath and heated to 55° C. to melt and dissolve the gelatin.
  • the glycerin and sorbitol are then mixed in.
  • the final solution is held at 55° C. for approximately 10 hours to deaerate.
  • the solution is then mixed at low speed until uniform (about 5 to 15 minutes), and transferred to a jacketed feed tank equipped with a propeller-type electric mixer.
  • the gelatin solution is maintained at 55° C.
  • the gelatin solution is then poured onto a casting drum (forming roll 1010 ), the surface of which is cooled to a temperature of approximately 25° C. to form a cast film.
  • a second gelatin based cast film having similar thickness, but a second color, is prepared by the method described above.
  • the cooled first cast film is then fed between two rolls comprising a perforating apparatus ( 1030 ), which punches openings into the formed film.
  • the openings are round, with a diameter of 750 microns, and are arranged in groups of 7, with one central opening encircled by 6 peripheral openings.
  • the groups of 7 openings are spaced in the film at intervals corresponding to the cavities in the dye rolls 1040 .
  • the cooled second cast film is fed between two rolls with smooth surfaces, thus remaining continuous with no openings therein.
  • the perforated first film and the non-perforated second film are fed between the dye rolls 1040 , of an enrobing apparatus, together with the tablet cores of part A.
  • the first and second films are pressed in contact with the tablet core, and with one another at an interface forming a seem around the belly band of the compressed tablet core.
  • the resulting dosage form has a first shell portion of a first color, having openings therein, and a second shell portion of a second color, having substantially no openings therein.

Abstract

The invention provides an immediate release dosage form having a solid core and a shell readily soluble in gastrointestinal fluids. The dosage form also comprises one or more openings in the shell.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This is a continuation-in-part of PCT Application Nos. PCT/US02/31129, filed Sep. 28, 2002; PCT/US02/31117, filed Sep. 28, 2002; PCT/US02/31062, filed Sep. 28, 2002; PCT/US02/31024, filed Sep. 28, 2002; and PCT/US02/31163, filed Sep. 28, 2002, which are each continuations-in-part of U.S. Ser. No. 09/966,939, filed Sep. 28, 2001; U.S. Ser. No. 09/966,509, filed Sep. 28, 2001; U.S. Ser. No. 09/966,497, filed Sep. 28, 2001; U.S. Ser. No. 09/967,414, filed Sep. 28, 2001; and U.S. Ser. No. 09/966,450, filed September 28, the disclosures of all of the above which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.[0001]
  • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • This invention relates to a dosage form providing immediate release of an active ingredient. The dosage form comprises a solid core and a shell surrounding the core. The shell has one or more openings therein. [0002]
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Certain dosage forms containing apertures or embossments are known. For instance, “osmotic pump” dosage forms for the administration of pharmaceutically active ingredients are known in the art. They typically comprise a semipermeable wall that surrounds a reservoir containing drug. The wall is permeable to the passage of an external fluid, impermeable to the passage of drug, and has a passageway through the semipermeable wall for delivering drug from the osmotic system. For example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,576,604 discloses an osmotic device comprising a drug compartment surrounded by a wall (coating) having a passageway therein. The wall may comprise an immediate release dose of drug, and the inner drug compartment may comprise a sustained release dose of drug. [0003]
  • U.S. Pat. No. 4,449,983 discloses another osmotic device comprising two separately housed drugs that are separately dispensed from the device. The device comprises two compartments, one for each drug, separated by a partition. Each compartment has an orifice for communicating with the exterior of the device. [0004]
  • U.S. Pat. No. 3,823,816 discloses a water-soluble package provided in the form of a hard shell capsule filled with powder, granules, or the like. The capsule is apertured, and the apertures are covered by a water-soluble barrier film. The film is more water soluble than the capsule so that when the package contacts water, the film rather than the capsule dissolves first, exposing the contents for dissolution and/or release by way of the apertures while the capsule is intact. [0005]
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,256,440 relates to an intagliated dosage form comprising one or more circumscribed regions on its surface. The dosage form is spray coated with a latex polymer. When placed in an environment of use, the latex coating within the circumscribed region is reproducibly expelled, leaving a coated core tablet with a predefined aperture, which exposes a discrete portion of the core surface to the environment of use. [0006]
  • One known method of producing gelatin coated dosage forms is via an enrobing process wherein two separate films made of gelatinous material are applied to opposite sides of a tablet by a pair of rotary dies, as disclosed for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,146,730 and 5,459,983. Film formulations for producing gelcaps and geltabs prepared via enrobing methods such as those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,146,730 and 5,459,983 typically comprises a water-based gelatin preparation having about 45% gelatin and about 9% plasticizer (glycerin and/or sorbitol) by weight. Glycerin and sorbitol can be used as single plasticizers or in combination with each other. In addition, other sugars and poly-hydroxy compounds can be used as additives and plasticizers. If a tamper-evident gelatin-coated medicine tablet is the desired end product, then the ratio of plasticizer to gelatin in the gelatin formulation should be in the range of about 1:5. [0007]
  • Another conventional method for forming a shell (or coating), on a core (or substrate), is that disclosed in WO 01/57144 which utilizes the principles of electrostatic deposition to form the coating. At least one of the core or the shell preferably incorporates one or more “charge control agents,” such as metal salicylates, for example zinc salicylate, magnesium salicylate and calcium salicylate; quaternary ammonium salts; benzalkonium chloride; benzethonium chloride; trimethyl tetradecyl ammonium bromide (cetrimide); and cyclodextrins and their adducts, in an amount from about 1% to about 10% by weight of the shell. [0008]
  • Applicants have now discovered that an immediate release dosage form may be made from a solid core and a shell surrounding the core, wherein the core has a density of at least about 0.9 g/cc. The shell comprises one or more openings therein and is readily soluble in gastrointestinal fluids. The shell is preferably applied to the core by enrobing. [0009]
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention provides a dosage form containing at least one active ingredient, which comprises a core and a shell surrounding the core, wherein the core has a density of at least about 0.9 g/cc, the shell comprises one or more openings, the shell is readily soluble in gastrointestinal fluids, and the dosage form provides for immediate release of at least one active ingredient upon contact of the dosage form with a liquid medium. [0010]
  • The invention also provides a dosage form comprising a core having an outer surface and a shell having outer and inner surfaces, wherein at least a portion of the shell surrounds the core such that the shell inner surface resides substantially conformally upon the core outer surface, at least a portion of the shell comprises one or more openings therein, one or more of the openings are from about 200 to about 2000 microns in diameter or width, at least a portion of the shell is readily soluble in gastrointestinal fluids, the average shell thickness is in the range from about 100 to about 400 microns, the shell comprises less than about 50% crystallizable sugar, and the dosage form is substantially free of charge control agents and the dosage form provides for immediate release of at least one active ingredient upon contact of the dosage form with a liquid medium.[0011]
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIGS. [0012] 1-5 depict dosage forms according to the invention.
  • FIG. 6 depicts various openings according to the invention. [0013]
  • FIG. 7 depicts a method of producing a dosage form according to the invention using an enrobing process. [0014]
  • FIG. 8 depicts another method of producing a dosage form according to the invention using an enrobing process. [0015]
  • FIG. 9 depicts a further method of producing a dosage form according to the invention using an enrobing process. [0016]
  • FIG. 10 depicts a method of producing a dosage form according to the invention using an enrobing process with a capsule comprising openings. [0017]
  • FIG. 11 depicts a method of producing a dosage form according to the invention using a dipping process. [0018]
  • FIG. 12 depicts another method of producing a dosage form according to the invention using a dipping process. [0019]
  • FIG. 13 depicts a method of producing a dosage form according to the invention using a transfer process. [0020]
  • FIG. 14 depicts a method of producing openings in a shell of a dosage form according to the invention using grinding means. [0021]
  • FIG. 15 depicts a method of producing openings in a shell of a dosage form according to the invention using hot pins. [0022]
  • FIG. 16 depicts a method of producing openings in a shell of a dosage form according to the invention using punching means.[0023]
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • As used herein, the term “dosage form” applies to any solid object, semi-solid, or liquid composition designed to contain a specific predetermined amount (dose) of a certain ingredient, for example an active ingredient as defined below. Suitable dosage forms may be pharmaceutical drug delivery systems, including those for oral administration, buccal administration, rectal administration, topical or mucosal delivery, or subcutaneous implants, or other implanted drug delivery systems; or compositions for delivering minerals, vitamins and other nutraccuticals, oral care agents, flavorants, and the like. Preferably the dosage forms of the present invention are considered to be solid, however they may contain liquid or semi-solid components. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the dosage form is an orally administered system for delivering a pharmaceutical active ingredient to the gastro-intestinal tract of a human. [0024]
  • Suitable active ingredients for use in this invention include for example pharmaceuticals, minerals, vitamins and other nutraceuticals, oral care agents, flavorants and mixtures thereof. Suitable pharmaceuticals include analgesics, anti-inflammatory agents, antiarthritics, anesthetics, antihistamines, antitussives, antibiotics, anti-infective agents, antivirals, anticoagulants, antidepressants, antidiabetic agents, antiemetics, antiflatulents, antifungals, antispasmodics, appetite suppressants, bronchodilators, cardiovascular agents, central nervous system agents, central nervous system stimulants, decongestants, oral contraceptives, diuretics, expectorants, gastrointestinal agents, migraine preparations, motion sickness products, mucolytics, muscle relaxants, osteoporosis preparations, polydimethylsiloxanes, respiratory agents, sleep-aids, urinary tract agents and mixtures thereof. [0025]
  • Suitable oral care agents include breath fresheners, tooth whiteners, antimicrobial agents, tooth mineralizers, tooth decay inhibitors, topical anesthetics, mucoprotectants, and the like. [0026]
  • Suitable flavorants include menthol, peppermint, mint flavors, fruit flavors, chocolate, vanilla, bubblegum flavors, coffee flavors, liqueur flavors and combinations and the like. [0027]
  • Examples of suitable gastrointestinal agents include antacids such as calcium carbonate, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium oxide, magnesium carbonate, aluminum hydroxide, sodium bicarbonate, dihydroxyaluminum sodium carbonate; stimulant laxatives, such as bisacodyl, cascara sagrada, danthron, senna, phenolphthalein, aloe, castor oil, ricinoleic acid, and dehydrocholic acid, and mixtures thereof; H[0028] 2 receptor antagonists, such as famotadine, ranitidine, cimetadine, nizatidine; proton pump inhibitors such as omeprazole or lansoprazole; gastrointestinal cytoprotectives, such as sucraflate and misoprostol; gastrointestinal prokinetics, such as prucalopride, antibiotics for H. pylori, such as clarithromycin, amoxicillin, tetracycline, and metronidazole; antidiarrheals, such as diphenoxylate and loperamide; glycopyrrolate; antiemetics, such as ondansetron, analgesics, such as mesalamine.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the active ingredient may be selected from bisacodyl, famotadine, ranitidine, cimetidine, prucalopride, diphenoxylate, loperamide, lactase, mesalamine, bismuth, antacids, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, isomers, and mixtures thereof. [0029]
  • In another embodiment, the active ingredient is selected from analgesics, anti-inflammatories, and antipyretics, e.g. non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), including propionic acid derivatives, e.g. ibuprofen, naproxen, ketoprofen and the like; acetic acid derivatives, e.g. indomethacin, diclofenac, sulindac, tolmetin, and the like; fenamic acid derivatives, e.g. mefanamic acid, meclofenamic acid, flufenamic acid, and the like; biphenylcarbodylic acid derivatives, e.g. diflunisal, flufenisal, and the like; and oxicams, e.g. piroxicam, sudoxicam, isoxicam, meloxicam, and the like. In one particular embodiment, the active ingredient is selected from propionic acid derivative NSAID, e.g. ibuprofen, naproxen, flurbiprofen, fenbufen, fenoprofen, indoprofen, ketoprofen, fluprofen, pirprofen, carprofen, oxaprozin, pranoprofen, suprofen, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, derivatives, and combinations thereof. In another particular embodiment of the invention, the active ingredient may be selected from acetaminophen, acetyl salicylic acid, ibuprofen, naproxen, ketoprofen, flurbiprofen, diclofenac, cyclobenzaprine, meloxicam, rofecoxib, celecoxib, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, isomers, and mixtures thereof. [0030]
  • In another embodiment of the invention, the active ingredient may be selected from pseudoephedrine, phenylpropanolamine, chlorpheniramine, dextromethorphan, diphenhydramine, astemizole, terfenadine, fexofenadine, loratadine, desloratadine, cetirizine, mixtures thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, isomers, and mixtures thereof. [0031]
  • Examples of suitable polydimethylsiloxanes, which include, but are not limited to dimethicone and simethicone, are those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,906,478, 5,275,822, and 6,103,260, the contents of each is expressly incorporated herein by reference. As used herein, the term “simethicone” refers to the broader class of polydimethylsiloxanes, including but not limited to simethicone and dimethicone. [0032]
  • The active ingredient or ingredients are present in the dosage form in a therapeutically effective amount, which is an amount that produces the desired therapeutic response upon oral administration and can be readily determined by one skilled in the art. In determining such amounts, the particular active ingredient being administered, the bioavailability characteristics of the active ingredient, the dosing regimen, the age and weight of the patient, and other factors must be considered, as known in the art. Typically, the dosage form comprises at least about 1 weight percent, preferably, the dosage form comprises at least about 5 weight percent, e.g. at least about 25 weight percent of a combination of one or more active ingredients. In one preferred embodiment, a core comprises a total of at least about 50 weight percent, e.g. at least about 70 weight percent, say at least about 80 weight percent (based on the weight of the core) of one or more active ingredients. [0033]
  • The active ingredient or ingredients may be present in the dosage form in any form. For example, the active ingredient may be dispersed at the molecular level, e.g. melted or dissolved, within the dosage form, or may be in the form of particles, which in turn may be coated or uncoated. If the active ingredient is in form of particles, the particles (whether coated or uncoated) typically have an average particle size of about 1-2000 microns. In one preferred embodiment, such particles are crystals having an average particle size of about 1-300 microns. In another preferred embodiment, the particles are granules or pellets having an average particle size of about 50-2000 microns, preferably about 50-1000 microns, most preferably about 100-800 microns. [0034]
  • The core may be any solid form. The core may prepared by any suitable method, including for example compression or molding. As used herein, “core” refers to a material which is at least partially enveloped or surrounded by another material. Preferably, the core is a self-contained unitary object, such as a tablet or capsule. Typically, the core comprises a solid, for example, the core may be a compressed or molded tablet, hard or soft capsule, suppository, or a confectionery form such as a lozenge, nougat, caramel, fondant, or fat based composition. In certain other embodiments, the core or a portion thereof may be in the form of a semi-solid or a liquid in the finished dosage form. For example the core may comprise a liquid filled capsule, or a semisolid fondant material. In embodiments in which the core comprises a flowable component, such as a plurality of granules or particles, or a liquid, the core preferrably additionally comprises an enveloping component, such as a capsule shell, or a coating, for containing the flowable material. In certain particular embodiments in which the core comprises an enveloping component, the shell or shell portions of the present invention are in direct contact with the enveloping component of the core, which separates the shell from the flowable component of the core. [0035]
  • In one embodiment the core is a compressed tablet having a hardness from about 2 to about 30 kp/cm[0036] 2, e.g. from about 6 to about 25 kp/cm2. “Hardness” is a term used in the art to describe the diametral breaking strength of either the core or the coated solid dosage form as measured by conventional pharmaceutical hardness testing equipment, such as a Schleuniger Hardness Tester. In order to compare values across different size tablets, the breaking strength must be normalized for the area of the break. This normalized value, expressed in kp/cm2, is sometimes referred in the art as tablet tensile strength. A general discussion of tablet hardness testing is found in Leiberman et al., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms—Tablets, Volume 2, 2nd ed., Marcel Dekker Inc., 1990, pp. 213-217, 327-329.
  • The core may have one of a variety of different shapes. For example, the core may be shaped as a polyhedron, such as a cube, pyramid, prism, or the like; or may have the geometry of a space figure with some non-flat faces, such as a cone, truncated cone, cylinder, sphere, torus, or the like. In certain embodiments, a core has one or more major faces. For example, in embodiments wherein a core is a compressed tablet, the core surface typically has two opposing major faces formed by contact with the upper and lower punch faces in the compression machine. In such embodiments the core surface typically further comprises a “belly-band” located between the two major faces, and formed by contact with the die walls in the compression machine. A core may also comprise a multilayer tablet. [0037]
  • Exemplary core shapes that may be employed include tablet shapes formed from compression tooling shapes described by “The Elizabeth Companies Tablet Design Training Manual” (Elizabeth Carbide Die Co., Inc., p. 7 (McKeesport, Pa.) (incorporated herein by reference) as follows (the tablet shape corresponds inversely to the shape of the compression tooling): [0038]
  • 1. Shallow Concave. [0039]
  • 2. Standard Concave. [0040]
  • 3. Deep Concave. [0041]
  • 4. Extra Deep Concave. [0042]
  • 5. Modified Ball Concave. [0043]
  • 6. Standard Concave Bisect. [0044]
  • 7. Standard Concave Double Bisect. [0045]
  • 8. Standard Concave European Bisect. [0046]
  • 9. Standard Concave Partial Bisect. [0047]
  • 10. Double Radius. [0048]
  • 11. Bevel & Concave. [0049]
  • 12. Flat Plain. [0050]
  • 13. Flat-Faced-Beveled Edge (F.F.B.E.). [0051]
  • 14. F.F.B.E. Bisect. [0052]
  • 15. F.F.B.E. Double Bisect. [0053]
  • 16. Ring. [0054]
  • 17. Dimple. [0055]
  • 18. Ellipse. [0056]
  • 19. Oval. [0057]
  • 20. Capsule. [0058]
  • 21. Rectangle. [0059]
  • 22. Square. [0060]
  • 23. Triangle. [0061]
  • 24. Hexagon. [0062]
  • 25. Pentagon. [0063]
  • 26. Octagon. [0064]
  • 27. Diamond. [0065]
  • 28. Arrowhead. [0066]
  • 29. Bullet. [0067]
  • 30. Shallow Concave. [0068]
  • 31. Standard Concave. [0069]
  • 32. Deep Concave. [0070]
  • 33. Extra Deep Concave. [0071]
  • 34. Modified Ball Concave. [0072]
  • 35. Standard Concave Bisect. [0073]
  • 36. Standard Concave Double Bisect. [0074]
  • 37. Standard Concave European Bisect. [0075]
  • 38. Standard Concave Partial Bisect. [0076]
  • 39. Double Radius. [0077]
  • 40. Bevel & Concave. [0078]
  • 41. Flat Plain. [0079]
  • 42. Flat-Faced-Beveled Edge (F.F.B.E.). [0080]
  • 43. F.F.B.E. Bisect. [0081]
  • 44. F.F.B.E. Double Bisect. [0082]
  • 45. Ring. [0083]
  • 46. Dimple. [0084]
  • 47. Ellipse. [0085]
  • 48. Oval. [0086]
  • 49. Capsule. [0087]
  • 50. Rectangle. [0088]
  • 51. Square. [0089]
  • 52. Triangle. [0090]
  • 53. Hexagon. [0091]
  • 54. Pentagon. [0092]
  • 55. Octagon. [0093]
  • 56. Diamond. [0094]
  • 57. Arrowhead. [0095]
  • 58. Bullet. [0096]
  • 59. Barrel. [0097]
  • 60. Half Moon. [0098]
  • 61. Shield. [0099]
  • 62. Heart. [0100]
  • 63. Almond. [0101]
  • 64. House/Home Plate. [0102]
  • 65. Parallelogram. [0103]
  • 66. Trapezoid. [0104]
  • 67. FIG. 8/Bar Bell. [0105]
  • 68. Bow Tie. [0106]
  • 69. Uneven Triangle. [0107]
  • The core typically comprises active ingredient and a variety of excipients, depending on the method by which it is made. [0108]
  • In embodiments in which the core is made by compression, suitable excipients include fillers, binders, disintegrants, lubricants, glidants, and the like, as known in the art. In embodiments in which the core is made by compression and additionally confers modified release of an active ingredient contained therein, such core preferably further comprises a release-modifying compressible excipient. [0109]
  • Suitable fillers for use in making the core by compression include water-soluble compressible carbohydrates such as sugars, which include dextrose, sucrose, maltose, and lactose, sugar-alcohols, which include mannitol, sorbitol, maltitol, xylitol, starch hydrolysates, which include dextrins, and maltodextrins, and the like, water insoluble plastically deforming materials such as microcrystalline cellulose or other cellulosic derivatives, water-insoluble brittle fracture materials such as dicalcium phosphate, tricalcium phosphate and the like and mixtures thereof. [0110]
  • Suitable binders for making the core by compression include dry binders such as polyvinyl pyrrolidone, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, and the like; wet binders such as water-soluble polymers, including hydrocolloids such as acacia, alginates, agar, guar gum, locust bean, carrageenan, carboxymethylcellulose, tara, gum arabic, tragacanth, pectin, xanthan, gellan, gelatin, maltodextrin, galactomannan, pusstulan, laminarin, scleroglucan, inulin, whelan, rhamsan, zooglan, methylan, chitin, cyclodextrin, chitosan, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulosics, sucrose, starches, and the like; and derivatives and mixtures thereof. [0111]
  • Suitable disintegrants for making the core by compression, include sodium starch glycolate, cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, cross-linked carboxymethylcellulose, starches, microcrystalline cellulose, and the like. [0112]
  • Suitable lubricants for making the core by compression include long chain fatty acids and their salts, such as magnesium stearate and stearic acid, talc, glycerides and waxes. [0113]
  • Suitable glidants for making the core by compression, include colloidal silicon dioxide, and the like. [0114]
  • In certain embodiments, the core or a portion thereof may optionally comprise release modifying excipients as known in the art, for example as disclosed in commonly assigned, copending U.S. Application Serial No. ______ [MCP 321], the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein. Suitable release-modifying compressible excipients for making the core by compression include swellable erodible hydrophillic materials, insoluble edible materials, pH-dependent polymers, and the like. [0115]
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvants for making the cores by compression include, preservatives; high intensity sweeteners such as aspartame, acesulfame potassium, sucralose, and saccharin; flavorants; colorants; antioxidants; surfactants; wetting agents; and the like and mixtures thereof. [0116]
  • In embodiments wherein one or more cores are prepared by compression, a dry blending (i.e. direct compression), or wet granulation process may be employed, as known in the art. In a dry blending (direct compression) method, the active ingredient or ingredients, together with the excipients, are blended in a suitable blender, than transferred directly to a compression machine for pressing into tablets. In a wet granulation method, the active ingredient or ingredients, appropriate excipients, and a solution or dispersion of a wet binder (e.g. an aqueous cooked starch paste, or solution of polyvinyl pyrrolidone) are mixed and granulated. Alternatively a dry binder may be included among the excipients, and the mixture may be granulated with water or other suitable solvent. Suitable apparatuses for wet granulation are known in the art, including low shear, e.g. planetary mixers; high shear mixers; and fluid beds, including rotary fluid beds. The resulting granulated material is dried, and optionally dry-blended with further ingredients, e.g. adjuvants and/or excipients such as for example lubricants, colorants, and the like. The final dry blend is then suitable for compression. Methods for direct compression and wet granulation processes are known in the art, and are described in detail in, for example, Lachman, et al., [0117] The Theory and Practice of Industrial Pharmacy, Chapter 11 (3rd ed. 1986).
  • The dry-blended, or wet granulated, powder mixture is typically compacted into tablets using a rotary compression machine as known in the art, such as for example those commercially available from Fette America Inc., Rockaway, N.J., or Manesty Machines LTD, Liverpool, UK. In a rotary compression machine, a metered volume of powder is filled into a die cavity, which rotates as part of a “die table” from the filling position to a compaction position where the powder is compacted between an upper and a lower punch to an ejection position where the resulting tablet is pushed from the die cavity by the lower punch and guided to an ejection chute by a stationary “take-off” bar. [0118]
  • In one optional embodiment, the core may be prepared by the compression methods and apparatus described in copending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/966,509, pages 16-27, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. Specifically, the core is made using a rotary compression module comprising a fill zone, insertion zone, compression zone, ejection zone, and purge zone in a single apparatus having a double row die construction as shown in FIG. 6 of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/966,509. The dies of the compression module are preferably filled using the assistance of a vacuum, with filters located in or near each die. [0119]
  • Cores made by compression may be single or multi-layer, for example bi-layer, tablets. [0120]
  • The cores have a density of at least about 0.9 g/cc, e.g. at least about 1.0 g/cc. Exemplary cores include a 385 mg compressed soft tablet with a volume of 0.4 cubic centimeters, and a 586 mg compressed tablet with a volume of about 0.5 cc. [0121]
  • A shell surrounds the cores. The shell comprises one or more openings therein. The opening or openings provide a passageway for communication between the core and the exterior of the dosage form. The openings may extend completely through the thickness of the shell to contact the core, or only partially through the shell. [0122]
  • The shell may be substantially unitary and continuous with the exception of the openings therein, or the shell may comprise multiple portions, e.g. a first shell portion and a second shell portion. In certain embodiments the shell or shell portions are in direct contact with the core. In certain other embodiments, the shell or shell portions are in direct contact with a subcoating which substantially surrounds the core. In embodiments in which the shell comprises a first and second shell portion, at least a first shell portion comprises openings therein. [0123]
  • In certain embodiments the first shell portion and second shell portion are compositionally different. As used herein, the term “compositionally different” means having features that are readily distinguishable by qualitative or quantitative chemical analysis, physical testing, or visual observation. For example, the first and second shell portions may contain different ingredients, or different levels of the same ingredients, or the first and second shell portions may have different physical or chemical properties, different functional properties, or be visually distinct. Examples of physical or chemical properties that may be different include hydrophylicity, hydrophobicity, hygroscopicity, elasticity, plasticity, tensile strength, crystallinity, and density. Examples of functional properties which may be different include rate and/or extent of dissolution of the material itself or of an active ingredient therefrom, rate of disintegration of the material, permeability to active ingredients, permeability to water or aqueous media, and the like. Examples of visual distinctions include size, shape, topography, or other geometric features, color, hue, opacity, and gloss. [0124]
  • In one embodiment, the dosage form of the invention comprises: a) a core containing an active ingredient; b) an optional subcoating that substantially covers the core; and c) a shell comprising first and second shell portions residing on the surface of the subcoating, the first shell portion comprising one or more openings, and the first shell portion being readily soluble in gastrointestinal fluids. As used herein, “substantially covers” shall mean at least about 95 percent of the surface area of the core is covered by the subcoating. [0125]
  • The use of subcoatings is well known in the art and disclosed in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,185,626, which is incorporated by reference herein. Any composition suitable for film-coating a tablet may be used as a subcoating according to the present invention. Examples of suitable subcoatings are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,683,256, 4,543,370, 4,643,894, 4,828,841, 4,725,441, 4,802,924, 5,630,871, and 6,274,162, which are all incorporated by reference herein. Additional suitable subcoatings include one or more of the following ingredients: cellulose ethers such as hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, and hydroxyethylcellulose; polycarbohydrates such as xanthan gum, starch, and maltodextrin; plasticizers including for example, glycerin, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dibutyl sebecate, triethyl citrate, vegetable oils such as castor oil, surfactants such as polysorbate-80, sodium lauryl sulfate and dioctyl-sodium sulfosuccinate; polycarbohydrates, pigments, and opacifiers. [0126]
  • In one embodiment, the subcoating comprises from about 2 percent to about 8 percent, e.g. from about 4 percent to about 6 percent of a water-soluble cellulose ether and from about 0.1 percent to about 1 percent, castor oil, as disclosed in detail in U.S. Pat. No. 5,658,589, which is incorporated by reference herein. In another embodiment, the subcoating comprises from about 20 percent to about 50 percent, e.g., from about 25 percent to about 40 percent of HPMC; from about 45 percent to about 75 percent, e.g., from about 50 percent to about 70 percent of maltodextrin; and from about 1 percent to about 10 percent, e.g., from about 5 percent to about 10 percent of PEG 400. [0127]
  • The dried subcoating typically is present in an amount, based upon the dry weight of the core, from about 0 percent to about 5 percent. [0128]
  • FIG. 1 depicts a [0129] dosage form 1 according to the invention comprising a shell 3 having a plurality of openings 2. Openings 2 are shaped as elongated slits, and do not extend all the way through the shell 3 to the core (not shown) under the shell 3.
  • FIG. 2 depicts another dosage form according to the invention. The [0130] dosage form 1 comprises a core (not shown) covered a shell made of a first shell portion 3 a and a second shell portion 3 b. Shell portion 3 a contains a plurality of openings 2 a, 2 b. Openings 2 a are in the shape of dimples, while openings 2 b are in the shape of letters.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates another dosage form according to the invention. [0131] Dosage form 1 comprises a core (not shown) covered by a shell 3, which comprises openings 2 a, 2 b. Openings 2 a are in the shape of circular holes, while openings 2 b are in the shape of letters.
  • FIG. 4 shows another dosage form according to the invention. [0132] Dosage form 1 comprises a core 4 surrounded by a shell 3 having openings 2. Core 4 is partially visible at the base of each opening 2 in shell 3.
  • FIG. 5 depicts a further dosage form according to the invention. [0133] Dosage form 1 comprises a football-shaped core (not shown) covered by a shell comprising a first shell portion 3 a and a second shell portion 3 b. First shell portion 3 a comprises a plurality of small, round openings 2.
  • Each opening may have dimensions, e.g., length, width, or diameter, in the range of about 0.1% to about 100%, of the diameter of the dosage form, or of any dimension (e.g. diameter, length, or width) of a major face of the dosage form. The diameter or width of each opening is preferably from about 0.5% to about 5% of the diameter of the dosage form, or of any dimension (e.g. diameter, length, or width) of a major face of the dosage form. In certain embodiments the diameter or width of the openings may range from about 200 to about 2000 microns. The length of the openings may range from about 1% to about 100% of the diameter of the dosage form, or of the diameter of a major face of the dosage form. In certain particular embodiments, the length or diameter of a major face of the dosage form is from about 10,000 to about 20,000 microns. In one particular embodiment, the length of the openings is from about 100 to about 20,000 microns. The depth of the openings is typically from about 75% to about 100% of the thickness of the shell at the location of the openings. In certain embodiments, the thickness of the shell at the location of the openings typically ranges from about 20 to about 800 microns, e.g. from about 100 to about 400 microns. In one particular embodiment, the depth of the openings is from about 75 to about 400 microns. If a plurality of openings are present, they are typically spaced from one another by at least about one half, e.g. at least about one, times the smallest dimension of the smallest opening. The openings may have a variety of shapes, or be arranged in a variety of different patterns, and may have similar or different sizes, such as depicted in FIG. 6. [0134]
  • In one embodiment, the size of the openings is small enough to prevent the core from being tasted, yet the number of openings is large enough to provide communication between a certain percentage of surface area of the core and the exterior of the dosage form. [0135]
  • The shell thickness at various locations may be measured using a microscope, for example, an environmental scanning electron microscope, model XL 30 ESEM LaB6, Philips Electronic Instruments Company, Mahwah, Wis. The shell thickness is measured at 6 different locations on a single dosage form. The relative standard deviation (RSD) is calculated as the sample standard deviation, devided by the mean, times 100 as known in the art (i.e. the RSD is the standard deviation expressed as a percentage of the mean). The RSD in shell thickness provides an indication of the variation in the thickness of the shell on a single dosage form. In certain optional embodiments of the invention, the relative standard deviation in shell thickness is less than about 40%, e.g less than about 30%, or less than about 20%. [0136]
  • The dosage forms of the invention provide immediate release of one or more active ingredients contained therein. The active ingredient or ingredients may be found within the core, the shell, or portions or combinations thereof. In one embodiment, at least one active ingredient is contained in the core. [0137]
  • In embodiments in which it is desired for the active ingredient to be absorbed into the systemic circulation of an animal, the active ingredient or ingredients are preferably capable of dissolution upon contact with a fluid such as water, gastric fluid, intestinal fluid or the like. In one embodiment, the dissolution characteristics of at least one active ingredient meets USP specifications for immediate release tablets containing the active ingredient. For example, for acetaminophen tablets, U.S. Pat. No. 24 specifies that in pH 5.8 phosphate buffer, using USP apparatus 2 (paddles) at 50 rpm, at least 80% of the acetaminophen contained in the dosage form is released therefrom within 30 minutes after dosing, and for ibuprofen tablets, USP 24 specifies that in pH 7.2 phosphate buffer, using USP apparatus 2 (paddles) at 50 rpm, at least 80% of the ibuprofen contained in the dosage form is released therefrom within 60 minutes after dosing. See USP 24, 2000 Version, 19-20 and 856 (1999). In another embodiment, at least about 70% the active ingredient can be detected in a suitable dissolution medium after 60 minutes of stirring at suitable conditions. [0138]
  • Accordingly, the shell, or a portion thereof, is readily soluble in gastrointestinal fluids. In a preferred embodiment in which the shell comprises a first and second shell portion, at least the first shell portion comprises openings therein, and is readily soluble in gastrointestinal fluids. In such embodiments, such shell or shell portion will preferably be breached or dissolved within 30 minutes in 900 ml water or 0.1 N HCl, or phosphate buffer solution at 37° C. with stirring by a [0139] USP type 2 dissolution apparatus (Paddle method) at 50 or 100 rpm.
  • The shell or shell portion preferably comprises materials which exhibit rapid dissolution in gastro-intestinal fluids. For example, such shell or shell portion may comprise readily soluble materials selected from water soluble or water swellable film formers, water soluble or water swellable thickeners, crystallizable and non-crystallizable carbohydrates. In certain such embodiments, suitable water soluble or water swellable film formers may be selected from water swellable cellulose derivatives, thermoplastic starches, polyalkalene glycols, polyalkalene oxides, and amorphous sugar glass, and combinations thereof. In certain other such embodiments, suitable film formers may be selected from film forming water soluble polymers such as for example water soluble vinyl polymers, water soluble polycarbohydrates, and water soluble copolymers; film-forming proteins, and combinations thereof. In certain other such embodiments, suitable thickeners may be selected from gelling polymers or hydrocolloids; gelling starches, and crystallizable carbohydrates. In certain other such embodiments, suitable non-crystallizable carbohydrates may be selected from polydextrose, starch hydrolysates, and non-crystallizable sugar alcohols. In one embodiment, the shell preferably comprises at least about 50%, preferably at least about 80%, most preferably at least about 90% of a material selected from film formers, gelling polymers, low-melting hydrophobic materials, non-crystallizable sugars or sugar alcohols, and mixtures thereof. In another embodiment, the shell comprises at least about 50%, preferably at least about 80%, most preferably at least about 90% of a material selected from film formers, gelling polymers, low-melting hydrophobic materials, and mixtures thereof. [0140]
  • In another particular embodiment, the shell comprises less than about 50%, preferably less than about 25%, most preferably less than about 5% of a crystallizable sugar. [0141]
  • In another embodiment, the dosage form is substantially free (i.e. less than 1% by weight, preferably less than about 0.1% by weight, based upon the shell weight) of charge control agents. As used herein, the term “charge control agents” refers to a material having a charge control function, such as those used for electrostatic deposition of coatings onto substrates. Such charge control agents include metal salicylates, for example zinc salicylate, magnesium salicylate and calcium salicylate; quaternary ammonium salts; benzalkonium chloride; benzethonium chloride; trimethyl tetradecyl ammonium bromide (cetrimide); and cyclodextrins and their adducts. [0142]
  • In certain optional embodiments, the shell itself or an outer coating thereon may contain active ingredient. In one particular embodiment, such active ingredient will be released immediately from the dosage form upon contact with suitable liquid media. In another embodiment, the shell comprises a first shell portion and a second shell portion. An outer coating resides upon the second shell portion, while the first shell portion comprises openings therein. Active ingredient may be released either immediately, or in a controlled, e.g. sustained, prolonged, extended manner, or in a delayed, e.g. pulsatile, or repeat action manner from the dosage form upon contact with suitable liquid media. In embodiments wherein the active ingredient is released immediately from the outer coating, the outer coating is also preferably readily soluble in gastrointestinal fluids, as described above. [0143]
  • The shell may be applied to the core by any suitable method, for example by spraying, dipping, enrobing, or molding. Suitable spray-coating methods are described in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,185,626, 4,683,256, 4,543,370, 4,643,894, 4,828,841, 4,725,441, 4,802,924, 5,630,871, and 6,274,162, the disclosures of which are all incorporated by reference herein. Suitable dipping methods are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,820,524, 5,538,125; 5,228,916; 5,436,026; 5,679,406, the disclosures of which are all incorporated by reference herein. Suitable enrobing methods are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,146,730 and 5,459,983. Suitable molding methods are described herein. [0144]
  • In certain optional embodiments of the invention, the core, the shell, or both are prepared by molding. In particular, the core, the shell, or both may be made by solvent-based molding or solvent-free molding. In such embodiments, the core or the shell is made from a flowable material optionally comprising active ingredient. The flowable material may be any edible material that is flowable at a temperature between about 37° C. and 250° C., and that is solid, semi-solid, or can form a gel at a temperature between about −10° C. and about 35° C. When it is in the fluid or flowable state, the flowable material may comprise a dissolved, dispersed, or molten component, and optionally a solvent such as for example water or organic solvents, or combinations thereof. The solvent may be partially or substantially removed by drying. [0145]
  • In one embodiment, solvent-based or solvent-free molding is performed via thermal setting molding using the method and apparatus described in copending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/966,450, pages 57-63, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. In this embodiment, a core or shell is formed by injecting flowable form into a molding chamber. The flowable material preferably comprises a thermal setting material at a temperature above its melting point but below the decomposition temperature of any active ingredient contained therein. The starting material is cooled and solidifies in the molding chamber into a shaped form (i.e., having the shape of the mold). [0146]
  • According to this method, the flowable material may comprise solid particles suspended in a molten matrix, for example a polymer matrix. The flowable material may be completely molten or in the form of a paste. The flowable material may comprise an active ingredient dissolved in a molten material. The flowable material may comprise solid particles dispersed in a fluid carrier. Alternatively, the flowable material may be made by dissolving a solid in a solvent, which solvent is then evaporated after the molding step. [0147]
  • In another embodiment, solvent-based or solvent-free molding is performed by thermal cycle molding using the method and apparatus described in copending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/966,497, pages 27-51, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. Thermal cycle molding is performed by injecting a flowable material into a heated molding chamber. The flowable material may comprise active ingredient and a thermoplastic material at a temperature above the set temperature of the thermoplastic material but below the decomposition temperature of active ingredient. The flowable material is cooled and solidifies in the molding chamber into a shaped form (i.e., having the shape of the mold). [0148]
  • In the thermal cycle molding method and apparatus of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/966,497 a thermal cycle molding module having the general configuration shown in FIG. 3 therein is employed. The thermal cycle molding module [0149] 200 comprises a rotor 202 around which a plurality of mold units 204 are disposed. The thermal cycle molding module includes a reservoir 206 (see FIG. 4) for holding flowable material. In addition, the thermal cycle molding module is provided with a temperature control system for rapidly heating and cooling the mold units. FIGS. 55 and 56 depict the temperature control system 600.
  • The mold units may comprise center mold assemblies [0150] 212, upper mold assemblies 214, and lower mold assemblies 210, as shown in FIGS. 26-28, which mate to form mold cavities having a desired shape, for instance of a core or a shell surrounding one or more cores. As rotor 202 rotates, opposing center and upper mold assemblies or opposing center and lower mold assemblies close. Flowable material, which is heated to a flowable state in reservoir 206, is injected into the resulting mold cavities. The temperature of the flowable material is then decreased, hardening the flowable material. The mold assemblies open and eject the finished product.
  • In one optional embodiment of the invention, the shell is applied to the dosage form using a thermal cycle molding apparatus of the general type shown in FIGS. [0151] 28A-C of copending U.S. application Ser. No. 09/966,497 comprising rotatable center mold assemblies 212, lower mold assemblies 210 and upper mold assemblies 214. Cores are continuously fed to the mold assemblies. Shell flowable material, which is heated to a flowable state in reservoir 206, is injected into the mold cavities created by the closed mold assemblies holding the cores. The temperature of the shell flowable material is then decreased, hardening it around the cores. The mold assemblies open and eject the finished dosage forms. Shell coating is performed in two steps, each half of the dosage forms being coated separately as shown in the flow diagram of FIG. 28B of copending U.S. application Ser. No. 09/966,939 via rotation of the center mold assembly.
  • In one embodiment, the compression module of copending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/966,509, pp. 16-27 may be employed to make the core and the shell is applied to the core using a thermal cycle molding module as described above. A transfer device as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/966,414, pp. 51-57, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference, may be used to transfer the cores from the compression module to the thermal cycle molding module. Such a transfer device may have the structure shown as [0152] 300 in FIG. 3 of copending U.S. application Ser. No. 09/966,939. It comprises a plurality of transfer units 304 attached in cantilever fashion to a belt 312 as shown in FIGS. 68 and 69 of copending U.S. application Ser. No. 09/966,939. The transfer device rotates and operates in sync with the compression module and the thermal cycle molding module to which it is coupled. Transfer units 304 comprise retainers 330 for holding cores as they travel around the transfer device.
  • Suitable thermoplastic materials for use in or as the flowable material include both water soluble and water insoluble polymers that are generally linear, not crosslinked, and not strongly hydrogen bonded to adjacent polymer chains. The thermoplastic material may be single materials, or may be mixtures of materials with solvent or plasticizer. Examples of suitable thermoplastic materials include those comprising water swellable cellulose derivatives, water insoluble cellulose derivatrives, thermoplastic vinyl polymers, thermoplastic starches, thermoplastic polyalkalene glycols, thermoplastic polyalkalene oxides, and amorphous sugar-glass, and the like, and derivatives, copolymers, and combinations thereof. Examples of suitable thermoplastic water swellable cellulose derivatives include hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC), hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose (HPMC), methyl cellulose (MC), and their combinations with water or other suitable solvents and/or plasticizers. Examples of suitable thermoplastic water insoluble cellulose derivatives include cellulose acetate (CA), ethyl cellulose (EC), cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB), cellulose propionate, and their combinations with suitable organic solvents and/or plasticizers. Examples of suitable thermoplastic vinyl polymers include polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) and polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP). Examples of suitable thermoplastic starches are disclosed for example in U.S. Pat. No. 5,427,614. Examples of suitable thermoplastic polyalkalene glycols include polyethylene glycol. Examples of suitable thermoplastic polyalkalene oxides include polyethylene oxide having a molecular weight from about 100,000 to about 900,000 Daltons. Other suitable thermoplastic materials include sugar in the form on an amorphous glass such as that used to make hard candy forms. [0153]
  • It should be noted that, when used to make the shell, the flowable material must be a material readily soluble in gastrointestinal fluids, as described above. [0154]
  • In those embodiments in which the shell is prepared using a solvent-free molding process, the shell typically comprises at least about 30 percent, e.g. at least about 45 percent by weight of a thermal-reversible carrier. The shell may optionally further comprise up to about 30 weight percent total of various plasticizers, adjuvants and excipients. [0155]
  • In those embodiments in which the shell is prepared using a solvent-based molding process, the shell typically comprises at least about 10 weight percent, e.g. at least about 12 weight percent or at least about 15 weight percent or at least about 20 weight percent or at least about 25 weight percent of a film-former. The shell may again also optionally further comprise up to about 30 weight percent total of various plasticizers, adjuvants, and excipients. [0156]
  • The total weight of the shell is preferably about 20 percent to about 400 percent of the total weight of the cores. In embodiments wherein the shell is prepared by a solvent-free molding process, the total weight of the shell is typically from about 50 percent to about 400 percent, e.g. from about 75 percent to about 400 percent, or about 100 percent to about 200 percent of the total weight of the cores. In embodiments wherein the shell is prepared by a solvent-based molding process, the total weight of the shell is typically from about 20 percent to about 100 percent of the total weight of the cores. [0157]
  • In embodiments in which the shell is applied to the core by molding, at least a portion of the shell surrounds the core such that the shell inner surface resides substantially conformally upon the core outer surface. As used herein, the term “substantially conformally” shall mean that the inner surface of the shell has peaks and valleys or indentations and protrusions corresponding substantially inversely to the peaks and valleys of the outer surface of the core. In certain such embodiments, the indentations and protrusions typically have a length, width, height or depth in one dimension of greater than 10 microns, say greater than 20 microns, and less than about 30,000 microns, preferably less than about 2000 microns. [0158]
  • In those embodiments in which solvent-free molding is employed, the flowable material may comprise a thermal-reversible carrier. Suitable thermal-reversible carriers for use in making a core, the shell or both by molding are thermoplastic materials typically having a melting point below about 110° C., more preferably between about 20 and about 100° C. Examples of suitable thermal-reversible carriers for solvent-free molding include thermplastic polyalkalene glycols, thermoplastic polyalkalene oxides, low melting hydrophobic materials, thermoplastic polymers, thermoplastic starches, and the like. Preferred thermal-reversible carriers include polyethylene glycol and polyethylene oxide. Suitable thermoplastic polyalkylene glycols for use as thermal-reversible carriers include polyethylene glycol having molecular weight from about 100 to about 20,000, e.g. from about 100 to about 8,000 Daltons. Suitable thermoplastic polyalkalene oxides include polyethylene oxide having a molecular weight from about 100,000 to about 900,000 Daltons. Suitable low-melting hydrophobic materials for use as thermal-reversible carriers include fats, fatty acid esters, phospholipids, and waxes which are solid at room temperature, fat-containing mixtures such as chocolate; and the like. Examples of suitable fats include hydrogenated vegetable oils such as for example cocoa butter, hydrogenated palm kernel oil, hydrogenated cottonseed oil, hydrogenated sunflower oil, and hydrogenated soybean oil; and free fatty acids and their salts. Examples of suitable fatty acid esters include sucrose fatty acid esters, mono, di, and triglycerides, glyceryl behenate, glyceryl palmitostearate, glyceryl monostearate, glyceryl tristearate, glyceryl trilaurylate, glyceryl myristate, GlycoWax-932, lauroyl macrogol-32 glycerides, and stearoyl macrogol-32 glycerides. Examples of suitable phospholipids include phosphotidyl choline, phosphotidyl serene, phosphotidyl enositol, and phosphotidic acid. Examples of suitable waxes which are solid at room temperature include carnauba wax, spermaceti wax, beeswax, candelilla wax, shellac wax, microcrystalline wax, and paraffin wax. Suitable thermoplastic polymers for use as thermal-reversible carriers include thermoplastic water swellable cellulose derivatives, thermoplastic water insoluble polymers, thermoplastic vinyl polymers, thermoplastic starches, and thermoplastic resins, and combinations thereof. Suitable thermoplastic water swellable cellulose derivatives include include hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose (HPMC), methyl cellulose (MC), carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), cross-linked hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC), hydroxybutylcellulose (HBC), hydroxyethylcellulose (HEC), hydroxypropylethylcellulose, hydroxypropylbutylcellulose, hydroxypropylethylcellulose, and salts, derivatives, copolymers, and combinations thereof. Suitable thermoplastic water insoluble polymers include ethylcellulose, polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinyl acetate, polycaprolactones, cellulose acetate and its derivatives, acrylates, methacrylates, acrylic acid copolymers, and the like and derivatives, copolymers, and combinations thereof. Suitable thermoplastic vinyl polymers include polyvinylacetate, polyvinyl alcohol, and polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP). Examples of suitable thermoplastic starches for use as thermal-reversible carriers are disclosed for example in U.S. Pat. No. 5,427,614. Examples of suitable thermoplastic resins for use as themal-reversible carriers include dammars, mastic, rosin, shellac, sandarac, and glcerol ester of rosin. In one embodiment, the thermal-reversible carrier for making a core by molding is selected from polyalkylene glycols, polyalkaline oxides, and combinations thereof. [0159]
  • In embodiments in which the shell comprises an active ingredient intended to have immediate release from the dosage form, the shell is preferably prepared via solvent-free molding. In such embodiments a thermal-reversible carrier is employed in the flowable material to make the shell, said thermal-reversible carrier preferably selected from polyethylene glycol with weight average molecular weight from about 1450 to about 20000, polyethylene oxide with weight average molecular weight from about 100,000 to about 900,000, and the like. [0160]
  • In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the shell is applied to the core by enrobing. In enrobing methods, cast films are applied to opposite sides of a core, i.e., a compressed tablet, using rotating dies, and are sealed together in an essentially edge-to-edge manner at a seal line that extends around the core at a desired place. The dies are positioned such that the surfaces are in abutting relationship with one another, thereby forming a nip in between. Each of the dies has a series of matching recesses on its circumferential surface. As the dies rotate, the films are joined and fused together at the nip between the dies where a pair of matching recesses form a pocket into which a core is dropped by a metered feed mechanism. As the dies continue to rotate, the core urges the films into the interior of the recesses in the dies, and the core is thereby securely enveloped and enrobed by the films, while the films continue to be joined about the core by the dies. Simultaneously with the fusing of the films about the core, the enrobed core is pinch cut from the films by the rotary dies, whereupon it separates from the films in the form of an individual enrobed dosage form. [0161]
  • Useful enrobing methods and apparatuses are described for example in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,146,730 and 5,459,983, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. Referring to the '730 patent and FIG. 13 in particular, cast [0162] films 36 and 37 are formed on rotating casting drums 42 and 43, which are cooled by a coolant. The films are fed through a series of rotating drums to drum-like dies 38 and 39, which rotate synchronously with one another. Dies 38 and 39 are symmetrically disposed relative to one another about a functional center plane 54 of the overall enrobing apparatus. Films 36 and 37 contact each other at the nip between dies 38 and 39. Here, the cores are enrobed with coating, and the two films are sealed together and cut.
  • Specifically, a web is created as [0163] films 36 and 37 converge and are squeezed together. The films self-adhere together. After emerging from between dies 38 and 39, the web containing the enrobed cores passes between a pair of mangle rolls 63. The web is stretched, and the enrobed cores self separate and drop into product receptacles 65.
  • Referring to FIG. 20 of the '730 patent, each die [0164] 38, 39 has a plurality of recesses 108, which cooperate with corresponding recesses in the other die. The cavities of these recesses are shaped to receive a single core. The cavities are defined by ribs 109 that close together to cut the enrobed cores from the web. Teeth 115 on the edges of the dies 38, 39 grip the films 36, 37.
  • The enrobed cores can be washed and dried, and optionally further processed as desired. [0165]
  • In another embodiment, the shell is again applied to the core by enrobing, however the films used to make the shell each comprise visually distinct portions, for example stripes. The films are applied by the enrobing method described in commonly assigned, copending U.S. application Ser. Nos. ______ [MCP 301 and MCP316]. Referring generally to FIGS. [0166] 9-11 therein, the film casting apparatus 30 for this method of enrobing comprises a casting drum 34, the exterior surface 36 of which is cooled to at least partially solidify coating materials coming into contact therewith. A multi-chamber slit extruder 38 deposits film onto the casting drum 34. The extruder 38 comprises partitions 58, 60, 62 that divide the interior 44 into four chambers 64, 66, 68, 70. The chambers 64, 66, 68, 70 can each contain visually different coating materials, i.e., different colored coating materials. Each partition has a tapered blade edge 94, 96, 98 to control the flow of coating material onto the casting drum 34. The coating materials are supplied to the chambers from for example feeder pipes 72, 74. An open slit 78 is located at the bottom of the slit extruder 38. Slit 78 communicates with each chamber 64, 66, 68, 70. The slit extruder is heated to heat the coating materials to a flowable state, which depending on the material may be in the range of about 40 to 250° C.
  • Referring to FIGS. [0167] 14-16 of the [MCP 301] application, an enrobing apparatus 102 for use with cast films having visually distinct portions similar to that described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,146,730 and 5,459,983 may be used. In particular, cast films 32, 32′ are moved in a continuous manner, by a series of rollers 106, 108, 110, 106′, 108′, 110′ toward a pair of coacting rotary dies 112, 112′, which are positioned symmetrically on either side of the central plane of symmetry 104 of the apparatus 102. The rotary dies 112, 112′ rotate on their axes of rotation AR, AR′, respectively, thereby forming a nip in between. The nip between the rotary dies 112, 112′ lies in the aforesaid central plane of symmetry 104 and the striped films 32, 32′ are passed therethrough.
  • The enrobing apparatus [0168] 102 also includes a core dispensing means 118, which holds a supply of cores 10 and dispenses them to the nip in a timed manner. The core dispensing means 118 is also aligned with the central plane of symmetry 104. The core dispensing means 118 orients and dispenses each core 10 such that the core 10 simultaneously contacts the contact surfaces 32 a, 32 a′ of the converging striped films 32, 32′ as the core 10 enters the nip, with its transverse plane of symmetry 16 lying in the central plane of symmetry 104 of the enrobing apparatus 102, and the color transitions 92 a, 92 a′ of the films 32, 32′, respectively, lying in the conjugate plane of symmetry 18 of the core 10. The films 32, 32′ are then stretched around the opposite sides of each core 10 symmetrically.
  • FIG. 15 of the [MCP 301] application shows the proper positioning of the cores [0169] 10 in between the striped films 32, 32′ as they enter the nip between the dies 112, 112′ and relative to the color transitions 92 a, 92 b, 92 c, 92 a′, 92 b′, 92 c′ of each film 32, 32′. All of the color transitions 92 a, 92 b, 92 c, 92 a′, 92 b′, 92 c′ are aligned with the conjugate plane of symmetry 16 of a corresponding core 10.
  • Furthermore, the enrobing apparatus [0170] 102 preferably includes registering means 120 (shown schematically in FIG. 14 of the [MCP 301]-application) for ensuring that the colored stripes (not shown) of the films 32, 32′ are properly aligned with one another prior to passage between the rotary dies 112, 112′. The registering means 120 also ensures that the positions of the dispensed cores 10 are appropriate relative to the color transitions 92 a, 92 b, 92 c, 92 a′, 92 b′, 92 c′, such that the transition between the colors on the resulting products 122 are properly matched with one another and the conjugate plane of symmetry 18 of each core 10.
  • An enlarged schematic perspective view of the drum-like rotary dies [0171] 112, 112′ is provided in FIG. 16 of the [MCP 301] application. The rotary dies 112, 112′ are substantially identical to one another, each having an exterior circumferential surface 124, 124′ with a series of recesses 126, 126′ thereon. Each recess 126, 126′ is arranged such that its length 130, 130′ is aligned parallel to the axis of rotation AR, AR′ of its respective rotary die 112, 112′. Each recess 126 on one die 112 cooperates with a corresponding recess 126′ on the other die 112′. In addition, the number of rows of recesses 126, 126′ should correspond to the number of color transitions 92 a, 92 b, 92 c, 92 a′, 92 b′, 92 c′ between the stripes 84, 86, 88, 90, 84′, 86′, 88′, 90′ on the striped films 32, 32′, respectively, that pass between the dies 112, 112′.
  • The orientation of the striped films [0172] 32, 32′ as they pass between the rotary dies 112, 112′ is such that, for example, red stripes 84, 88 of one film 32 are matched with the red stripes 84′, 88′ of the other film 32′ and yellow stripes 86, 90, 86′, 90′ of each film 32, 32′, respectively, are similarly matched with one another. The registering means 120 of the enrobing apparatus 102 may be used to facilitate the orientation of the films 32, 32′ such that the matching and alignment of the color transitions of each film are improved.
  • As the rotary dies [0173] 112, 112′ rotate, the cores 10 are dispensed to the nip between the dies 112, 112′ such that they are oriented with their lengths aligned parallel to the axes of rotation AR, AR′ of the dies 112, 112′ and each core 10 is thereby properly aligned to be received between a pair of coacting recesses 126, 126′. The rotary dies 112, 112′ continue to rotate and the films 32, 32′ are sealed to each other by the raised rims 128, 128′ of the coacting recesses 126, 126′, around the core 10 thereby forming a film seam 134, which lies in the transverse plane of symmetry 16 of the core 10. The raised rims 128, 128′ also cut through the bonded films 32, 32′, at the film seam 134 around each enrobed core 10, thereby releasing the enrobed core products 122, from the bonded films 32, 32′.
  • The film seam [0174] 134 created may comprise abutting film edges. It is also possible to have a film seam 134 wherein the cut edge of one film 32 slightly overlaps the cut edge of the other film 32′ by an amount approximately equal to the thickness of the films 32, 32′. Alternatively, the film seam 134 could be formed such that the cut edges of the films 32, 32′ are aligned with one another about the core 10, but are spaced apart slightly by a distance that is approximately equal to the thickness of the films 32, 32′.
  • If aesthetically desired, the films [0175] 32, 32′ may be aligned such that the resulting products 122 have a film seam 134 wherein a stripe of one color (for example, a red stripe 84) (or visual distinction) of one film 32 abuts or overlaps a stripe of another color (for example, a yellow stripe 90′) (or visual distinction) of the other film 32′ to form a product 122 having a “checkerboard pattern”, i.e., having four quadrants of alternating red and yellow colors (or other visual distinctions).
  • FIGS. [0176] 17-19 of the [MCP 301]______—application depict an alternative film casting apparatus 136 for use with enrobing processes. The alternative film casting apparatus 136 includes film receiving means, such as a conventional metal casting belt 140 that is mounted onto two rotating drums 142, 144, for receiving the film 138 being cast thereon. The rotating drums 142, 144 rotate, thereby causing the casting belt 140 to move in the directions indicated by the arrows J and K. A warming plate 148 may be positioned adjacent to the casting belt 140 to warm the casting belt 140 prior to casting film thereon. A cooling plate 150 is positioned adjacent to the casting belt 140 to cool the casting belt 140 after film is cast thereon.
  • The alternative film casting apparatus [0177] 136 further includes film depositing means, such as a reciprocating multi-chamber slit extruder 146, for depositing the film 138, in a semi-continuous manner, onto the casting belt 138. As with the slit extruder 38 discussed above, the reciprocating slit extruder 146 includes interior partitions 152, 154, 156 that form interior chambers 158, 160, 162, 164 for holding visually distinct coating material 166, 168 therein. A slit 170 is also provided, through which the coating materials 166, 168 flow out of the chambers 158, 160, 162, 164 and onto the casting belt 140, thereby creating a striped film 138.
  • The reciprocating slit extruder [0178] 146 also includes supply means, such as feeder pipes 182, 184 for supplying the coating materials 166, 168 to each of the chambers 158, 160, 162, 164 and flow control means, such as a slidable gate 180 for controlling the flow of the coating materials 166, 168 from the chambers 158, 160, 162, 164. Each of the interior partitions 152, 154, 156 of the reciprocating slit extruder 146 has stripe control means, such as a tapered blade edge, to control the flow of the coating materials 166, 168 exiting the chambers 158, 160, 162, 164. One notable difference between the slit extruder 38 described above and the present reciprocating slit extruder 146 is that reciprocating slit extruder 146 is connected to a conventional motor such that it moves reciprocatingly in the directions indicated by arrow M in FIG. 18 of the [MCP 301]______—application.
  • Initially, feeder pipes [0179] 182, 184 supply coating materials 166, 168 of two colors, such as red and yellow, respectively, to alternate chambers 158, 160, 162, 164, respectively, of the reciprocating slit extruder 146. Within chambers 158, 160, 162, 164 the coating materials 166, 168 become or are maintained as liquid and flowable. Cooling plate 150 at least partially solidifies the coating material 166, 168 upon physical contact with the surface of the casting belt 140 to form the transversely striped film 138.
  • After the coating materials [0180] 166, 168, the warming plate 148 and the cooling plate 150 have attained their desired temperatures, a portion 198 of the casting belt 140 is warmed by the warming plate 148 and is then advanced by the rotating drums 142, 144 to a position underneath the reciprocating slit extruder 146. The slidable gate 180 is then moved to a position which opens the slit 170 to the thickness that is desired for the striped film 138. While the rotating drums 142, 144 and the casting belt 140 remain stationary, the coating materials 166, 168 flow out of the chambers 158, 160, 162, 164, along the tapered blade edges (not shown), through the slit 170 and onto the warmed portion 198 of the casting belt 140, which briefly maintains the coating material 166, 168 in a substantially liquid, flowable state.
  • Simultaneously with the flow of the coating materials [0181] 166, 168 onto the casting belt 140, the reciprocating slit extruder 146 is moved from a first position 194 to a second position 196, where it is temporarily halted. As soon as the reciprocating slit extruder 146 reaches its second position 196, the slidable gate 180 is moved to a closed position, thereby blocking the slit 170 and temporarily halting the flow of coating materials 166, 168, which results in the formation of a film segment 200. The film segment 200 has alternating, transversely oriented red stripes 172, 176 and yellow stripes 174, 178 with straight and consistent color transitions 186, 188, 190 therebetween.
  • Next, the casting belt [0182] 140 is moved by the rotating drums 142, 144, such that the film segment 200 is moved, and a newly warmed portion of the casting belt 140 is positioned beneath the reciprocating slit extruder 140. The first film segment 200 is cooled while the second film segment is cast onto the casting belt 140.
  • When it is desired to cast a subsequent film segment, with the reciprocating slit extruder [0183] 146, now in its second position 196, and the casting belt 140 held stationary, the slidable gate 180 is again moved to a position which opens the slit 170 by an amount that is equal to the thickness desired for the striped film 138. As coating materials 166, 168 flow out onto the casting belt 140, the reciprocating slit extruder 146 is moved from its second position 196 back to its first position 194, where it is again temporarily halted. As the coating materials 166, 168 are being cast onto the casting belt 140, the first edge of the new film segment will meet and bond with the second edge 204 of the first film segment 200. After the reciprocating slit extruder 146 returns to its first position 194, the slidable gate 180 is again moved to its closed position, thereby blocking the slit 170 and temporarily halting the flow of coating materials 166, 168, which results in the creation of a new film segment that is bonded to the first film segment 200.
  • The foregoing process steps are repeated continuously, resulting in a film casting process that is semi-continuous and which produces a continuous ribbon of transversely striped film [0184] 138. The transversely striped film 138 is continuously removed from the casting belt 140 by a scraper or other device and then fed into the rotary die enrobing apparatus 102 for enrobing cores 10 as described above. However, because the alternative film casting apparatus 136 produces film 138 having stripes that are transversely oriented, rotary dies 208, 208′ have recesses 210, 210′ which are oriented such that their lengths are aligned perpendicularly to the axes of rotation of their respective rotary dies. In addition, the core dispensing means used herewith orients and dispenses each core 10 to the nip between the dies 208, 208′ end-first, i.e., such that one of the ends 12, 14 of each caplet 10 simultaneously contacts the converging films 138, 138′ as the core 10 enters the nip.
  • FIGS. [0185] 22-30 of the [MCP 301]______ application are directed to an alternative enrobing apparatus for making films with visually distinct portions, which includes the alternative film casting apparatus 136 described above. A transversely striped film is fed, along with cores, into the alternative enrobing apparatus to produce bi-colored products, each having a film seam that only partially circumscribes the core and which lies in a reference plane that is different from the reference plane in which the color transition of the product lies.
  • The alternative enrobing apparatus includes a conveyor system [0186] 220 that comprises a series of horizontally-oriented rollers 222 and pairs of rollers, 224, 226, 228 for supporting and conveying the transversely striped film 138. A core dispensing means 230 is positioned above the conveyor system 220 and the film 138 for the purpose of dispensing cores 10 onto the film 138 in the required orientation with respect to the color transitions 186, 188, 190. The core dispensing means 230 includes slat feeders 234, 236 that orient the cores as required for proper positioning onto the film 138. The core dispensing means 230 further includes a core positioning slat 238 and a core plunger 240 positioned above the positioning slat 238.
  • Cores [0187] 10 are fed from hopper 232, through the slat feeders 234, 236, to the positioning slat 238. The cores 10′, 10″, 10′″ are lined up, end 12 to end 14 and, thereby, each core is moved along the positioning slat 238 in a substantially continuous manner by the core behind it. When a core 10′ is pushed beyond the support rails 248, 250 and is no longer supported thereby, and when the position of a color transition 186 of the film 138 lies in the conjugate plane of symmetry 18′ of core 10′, a registering means 242 signals a motor, which moves the plunger 240 up and down until the core 10′ contacts and rests upon the film 138. When plunger 240 reaches its uppermost position, it momentarily stops until the next core 10″ is moved beyond support rails 248, 250 contained within the positioning slat 238. The foregoing events are repeated continuously as long as cores 10 are fed and moved through the positioning slat 238.
  • The beginning portion of the conveyor system [0188] 220, i.e., the portion that is located between the alternative film casting apparatus 136 and a short distance on the opposite side of the core positioning slat 238, is comprised of horizontally-oriented rollers 222. Film 138 is moved by the horizontally-oriented rollers 222 along this beginning portion. The remaining portion of the conveyor system 220, which is located between a short distance past the positioning slat 238 and the rotary dies 260, 262, is comprised of pairs of rollers 224, 226, 228. As shown schematically in FIG. 26 of the [MCP 301]______ application, the individual rollers of sequential pairs of rollers 224, 226, 228 are gradually and sequentially pivoted upward from the horizontal plane, in increments of about 10 degrees for each successive pair of rollers 224, 226, 228, starting proximate to the positioning slat 238. Accordingly, as the film 138 approaches the rotary dies 260, 262, the film 138 is folded longitudinally about the cores 10.
  • The rotary dies [0189] 260, 262 rotate and cooperate with one another to form a nip therebetween, into which the cores 10 and the film 138 are fed. Likewise, each of the dies 260, 262 have recesses 282, 284, arranged circumferentially in a row on the surface of each die 260, 262. The recesses 282, 284 each have raised rims for sealing and cutting the bonded film 138 about the cores 10, thereby enrobing the cores 10. The rotary dies 260, 262 however, are oriented such that they rotate in the horizontal plane, rather than in the vertical plane as do the previously discussed rotary dies 112, 112′, 208, 208′. Furthermore, when the cores 10 are fed into the nip, the film 138 is folded and partially bonded about them. Furthermore, the partially enrobed cores 10 are fed successively, i.e., one-by-one, into the nip between the dies 260, 262.
  • The shell may also be applied to the core using a vacuum forming apparatus. Commonly assigned, copending U.S. Patent Application Serial Nos. [MCP 301 and MCP 316]______ disclose such apparatuses. [0190]
  • With reference to FIGS. [0191] 31-44 of the [MCP 301]______ application, a vacuum forming apparatus 292 includes a first plurality of individual porous platens 294, a first conveyor system 296 and a second conveyor system 298. The first and second conveyor systems 296, 298 are arranged in series with one another, thereby creating a single path along which the porous platens 294 are moved in semi-continuous fashion. The first and second conveyer systems 296, 298 are provided with conventional vacuum sources that apply a vacuum to each of the porous platens 294 while they are moved along the apparatus.
  • The vacuum forming apparatus [0192] 292 further includes a second plurality of individual porous platens 304 and a third conveyor system 306 that moves porous platens 304 along a second path, which is shown by the arrow GG in FIG. 31. The third conveyor system 306 is positioned between the first and second conveyor systems 296, 298.
  • A rotating mechanism [0193] 308 is also positioned between the first and second conveyor systems 296, 298. The rotating mechanism 308 simultaneously holds together two of platens, i.e., one platen 294 and a corresponding platen 304, and rotates them together, such that the platen 304, first on top, is inverted and positioned on the bottom.
  • Each porous platen [0194] 294, 304 has at least one recess 310, 312, respectively, sized and shaped to temporarily but snugly receive therein a core 10 to be enrobed.
  • It is possible to achieve multi-colored enrobed products having color transitions oriented in a variety of different ways using different combinations of the platens with transversely and longitudinally striped films. However, within a particular vacuum forming apparatus, the orientation of the recesses [0195] 310, 312 in all of the platens 294, 304 must be longitudinal, or, alternatively, the orientation of the recesses 310, 312 in all of the platens 294, 304 must be transverse (or otherwise aligned with the orientation of the stripes on the films).
  • The vacuum forming apparatus [0196] 292 further includes a first pair of rollers 338, 340 having a film 342 mounted thereon. The first pair of rollers 338, 340 is positioned proximate to the first conveyor system 296 such that the first film 342 is suspended above the first plurality of porous platens 294. A second pair of rollers 344, 346 having a second film 348 mounted thereon is positioned proximate to the second conveyor system 298 such that the second film 348 is also suspended above the first plurality of porous platens 294 The vacuum forming apparatus 292 also includes a first registering device 350 positioned proximate to the first conveyor system 296 for properly positioning the first film 342 relative to a core 10 that is positioned within the recess 310 of the porous platen 294. A second registering device 352 is positioned proximate to the second conveyor system 298 for properly positioning the second film 348 relative to a partially enrobed core 10 that is positioned within the recess 310 of another of the porous platens 294.
  • The vacuum forming apparatus [0197] 292 also includes a first ring press 354 and a first film cutter 356 that are positioned proximate to the first conveyor system 296 and move in a reciprocating fashion. Additionally, a second ring press 358 and a second film cutter 360 are positioned proximate to the second conveyor system 298. The first and second ring presses 354, 358 each have an open configuration, such as an O-shape or an oval shape, as viewed from above, such that there is formed a passageway 362, 364, respectively, therethrough. Each of the ring presses 354, 358 also has a contacting edge 366, 368, respectively, configured to contact the first and second films 342, 348, respectively, without damaging them. Each of the ring presses 354, 358 is sized and shaped such that the contacting edges 366, 368 circumscribe a core 10 therein.
  • The first and second film cutters [0198] 356, 360 each have a recess 370, 372, respectively, that is sized and shaped to receive therein a portion of a partially enrobed core 10 which already has a film coating applied thereto. The first film cutter 356 is oriented to face the porous platen 294 positioned thereunder, while the second film cutter 360 is oriented to face the porous platen 304 positioned thereunder. The first and second film cutters 356, 360 also move reciprocatingly.
  • The first film [0199] 342 is mounted onto a first pair of rollers 338, 340 and stretched therebetween, such that the first film 342 is positioned between the first conveyor system 296 and the first plurality of porous platens 294 on one side, and the first ring press 354 and the first film cutter 356 on the other side. Similarly, the second film 348 is mounted onto a second pair of rollers 344, 346 and stretched therebetween, such that the second film 348 is positioned between the second conveyor system 298 and the first plurality porous platens 294 on one side, and the second ring press 360 and the second film cutter 362 on the other side.
  • Initially, the first, second and third conveyor systems [0200] 296, 298, 306 are set into motion, thereby moving the porous platens 294, 304 in the directions indicated by the arrows EE, FF, GG, respectively, in FIG. 31 of the [MCP 301]______ application. The first conveyor system 296 moves one of the porous platens 294 to a position that is immediately prior to the first station 378. A core 10 is placed into the recess 310 of this porous platen 294 and held firmly in the recess 310 by the aforementioned vacuum, which is continuously applied to the platen 294 and all others on the conveyor 298, by a first vacuum source 300.
  • Platen [0201] 294 is next moved by the first conveyor system 296 to the first station 378. Movement of the platen 294 ceases temporarily when the first registering device 350 confirms that the core 10 is properly positioned. While the platen 294 is momentarily stationary, hot air is blown through the first ring press 354, thereby softening the first film 342 to a formable state. The first ring press 354 is then moved, such that the contacting edge 366 of the first ring press 354 presses the first film 342 onto the working surface 314 of the platen 294 and into contact with the top half of the core 10.
  • The heated first film [0202] 342 is simultaneously pulled onto the core 10 and thereby made to conform to the shape of the top half of the core 10 by the aforementioned vacuum. Thereafter, the first ring press 354 is retracted and platen 294 is moved to the second station 380, where it is temporarily stopped. While the platen 294 and the core 10 are temporarily stationary, cold air is blown onto the first film 342 and core 10, thereby cooling and molding the first film 342 into conformity with the top half of the core 10.
  • Referring to FIGS. [0203] 36-44 of the [MCP 301]______ application, after sufficient time has passed to cool and mold the first film 342 onto the core 10, the platen 294 and partially enrobed core 10 are moved a predetermined distance by the first conveyor system 296 to the third station 382 of the vacuum forming apparatus 292 and temporarily halted there such that the partially enrobed core 10 is aligned with the recess 370 and the cutting edge 374 of the first film cutter 356. The first film cutter 356 is moved until the partially enrobed core 10 is received snugly within the recess 370 and the tapered cutting edge 374 contacts and cuts through the first film 342 closely around the perimeter of the partially enrobed core 10. The first film cutter 356 is then moved away from the platen 294.
  • The platen [0204] 294 and partially enrobed core 10 are next moved to the fourth, or rotating, station 384 of the vacuum forming apparatus 292 and, again, temporarily stopped, whereupon the partially enrobed core 10 is transferred to one of the platens 304, as follows. The third conveyor system 306 moves one of the platens 304 into position at the rotating station 384, such that it is inverted relative to the platen 294 carrying the partially enrobed core 10 thereon. After the platen 294 is moved a predetermined distance, such that the partially enrobed core 10 is aligned with the recess 312 of the inverted platen 304, the first conveyor system 296 holds the platen 294 and partially enrobed core 10 temporarily stationary at the rotating station 384. The platen 304 is then moved toward the partially enrobed core 10 until the partially enrobed core 10 is held within the recesses 310, 312 of both of the platens 294, 304 (as shown in FIGS. 31 and 40 of the [MCP 301]______—application). The vacuum being applied to the porous platen 294 is discontinued and the platens 294, 304 are rotated with the partially enrobed core 10 therebetween, whereupon the platen 294 holding the core 10 is inverted, and the platen 304 is moved into a right-side-up position. The now inverted platen 294 is now moved away from the right-side-up platen 304 and becomes one of the platens 304 moving along the path shown by the arrow GG in FIG. 31 of the [MCP 301]______—application. The right-side-up platen 304 is next moved onto the second conveyor system 298 and becomes one of the platens 294 moving along the path shown by the arrows EE, FF in FIG. 31 of the [MCP 301]______—application. Next, a vacuum is applied to partially enrobed core 10, thereby holding the partially enrobed core 10 within the recess 310 of the platen 294, which is now moving on the second conveyor system 298, such that the uncovered portion of the partially enrobed core 10 is exposed.
  • Platen [0205] 294 and partially enrobed core 10 are moved by the second conveyor system 298 to the fifth station 386 of the vacuum forming apparatus 292. Movement of the platen 294 ceases temporarily when the second registering device 352 confirms that the partially enrobed core 10 is properly positioned relative to the second film 248. While the platen 294 is momentarily stationary, hot air is blown through the second ring press 358 to soften the second film 348 to a formable state. The second ring press 358 is then moved such that the contacting edge 368 of the second ring press 358 contacts and presses the second film 348 onto the working surface 314 of the platen 294 and into contact with the uncovered portion of the partially enrobed core 10.
  • The heated second film [0206] 248 is then pulled onto the core 10 by a vacuum applied by the second vacuum source 302, thereby conforming the second film 248 to the shape of the uncovered portion of the core 10. Thereafter, the second ring press 358 is retracted and the platen 294, having the enrobed core 10 held in its recess 310 by the vacuum, is now moved to the sixth station 388 and temporarily stopped there. It is noted that, as shown in FIG. 42 of the [MCP 301]______ application, the second film 348 partially overlaps the cut edge of the first film 342 that has already been applied to the core 10. While the platen 294 and the core 10 are temporarily stationary, cold air is now blown onto the second film 248 and core 10, thereby cooling and molding the second film 348 into conformity with the core 10.
  • After sufficient time has passed to cool and mold the second film [0207] 348 onto the core 10, the platen 294 and the enrobed core 10 are moved a predetermined distance by the second conveyor system 298 to the seventh station 390 of the vacuum forming apparatus 292 and temporarily halted there such that the enrobed core 10 is aligned with the recess 372 and the cutting edge 376 of the second film cutter 360. The second film cutter 360 is moved until the enrobed core 10 is received snugly within the recess 372 and the cutting edge 376 contacts and cuts through the second film 248 closely around the perimeter of the enrobed core 10. The second film cutter 360 is then moved away from the platen 294.
  • The platen [0208] 294 and fully enrobed core 10 are moved by the second conveyer system 298 away from the seventh station 390. After the platen 294 and enrobed core 10 are past the seventh station 390, the vacuum being applied to the platen 294 is ceased, thereby releasing the enrobed product 404 from the. recess 310.
  • Alternatively, platens having recesses that are each circumscribed by a raised cutting ridge capable of cleanly cutting the first and second films [0209] 342, 348 may be used. Alternatively, instead of first placing the caplet 10 into the recess 310 of the first platen 294, the first film 342 could be laid across a first platen and then warm air could be blown onto the first film 342 to soften it to a formable state. Then, a vacuum could be applied through the platen to pull the first film 342 into the recess and conform it thereto. Thereafter, the core 10 could be placed into the recess 310 and cool air blown onto the platen 294, first film 342 and core, to mold the first film 342 into conformity with the core 10. The second film 348 would then be placed onto the platen, on top of the core 10, and warm air blown onto the second film 348 to soften it to a formable state. Another platen would then be moved into contact with the second film 348, pressing the second film 348 against the core 10 and the first platen 294, thereby, conforming the second film 348 to the contour of the core 10. Cool air would then be blown onto the second film 348, thereby molding the second film 348 onto the caplet 10. Lastly, the raised cutting edges of the recesses may cut through both of the first and second films 342, 348, thereby releasing enrobed products.
  • It is noted that the hot and cold air temperature ranges, as well as the vacuum pressure ranges, are within the knowledge of those skilled in the art. [0210]
  • In embodiments in which the shell is applied to the core by spraying, dipping, enrobing, or molding, the shell is preferably applied to the core in the form of a flowable material. The flowable material may comprise a dissolved, dispersed, or molten component, and optionally a solvent or fluid carrier component that may optionally be removed during processing, for example by drying. Regardless of the method by which it is applied, the finished shell, and accordingly the flowable material for making the shell, preferably comprises a film former. Optionally, the shell or readily soluble shell portion of the present invention may further comprise one or more thickeners, and various adjuvants and/or excipients as known in the art. [0211]
  • Any film former known in the art is suitable for use in the flowable material. Examples of suitable film formers include, but are not limited to, film-forming water soluble polymers, film-forming proteins, film-forming water insoluble polymers, and film-forming pH-dependent polymers. In one embodiment, the film former may be selected from cellulose acetate, ammonio methacrylate copolymer type B, shellac, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, and polyethylene oxide, and combinations thereof. [0212]
  • Suitable film-forming water soluble polymers include water soluble vinyl polymers such as polyvinylalcohol (PVA); water soluble polycarbohydrates such as hydroxypropyl starch, hydroxyethyl starch, pullulan, methylethyl starch, carboxymethyl starch, pre-gelatinized starches, and film-forming modified starches; water swellable cellulose derivatives such as hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC), hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose (HPMC), methyl cellulose (MC), hydroxyethylmethylcellulose (HEMC), hydroxybutylmethylcellulose (HBMC), hydroxyethylethylcellulose (HEEC), and hydroxyethylhydroxypropylmethyl cellulose (HEMPMC); water soluble copolymers such as methacrylic acid and methacrylate ester copolymers, polyvinyl alcohol and polyethylene glycol copolymers, polyethylene oxide and polyvinylpyrrolidone copolymers; and derivatives and combinations thereof. [0213]
  • Suitable film-forming proteins may be natural or chemically modified, and include gelatin, whey protein, myofibrillar proteins, coaggulatable proteins such as albumin, casein, caseinates and casein isolates, soy protein and soy protein isolates, zein; and polymers, derivatives and mixtures thereof. [0214]
  • Suitable film-forming water insoluble polymers, include for example ethylcellulose, polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinyl acetate, polycaprolactones, cellulose acetate and its derivatives, acrylates, methacrylates, acrylic acid copolymers; and the like and derivatives, copolymers, and combinations thereof. [0215]
  • Suitable film-forming pH-dependent polymers include enteric cellulose derivatives, such as for example hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose acetate succinate, cellulose acetate phthalate; natural resins, such as shellac and zein; enteric acetate derivatives such as for example polyvinylacetate phthalate, cellulose acetate phthalate, acetaldehyde dimethylcellulose acetate; and enteric acrylate derivatives such as for example polymethacrylate-based polymers such as poly(methacrylic acid, methyl methacrylate) 1:2, which is commercially available from Rohm Pharma GmbH under the tradename, EUDRAGIT S, and poly(methacrylic acid, methyl methacrylate) 1:1, which is commercially available from Rohm Pharma GmbH under the tradename, EUDRAGIT L, and the like, and derivatives, salts, copolymers, and combinations thereof. [0216]
  • One suitable hydroxypropylmethylcellulose compound for use as a thermoplastic film-forming water soluble polymer is “HPMC 2910”, which is a cellulose ether having a degree of substitution of about 1.9 and a hydroxypropyl molar substitution of 0.23, and containing, based upon the total weight of the compound, from about 29% to about 30% methoxyl groups and from about 7% to about 12% hydroxylpropyl groups. HPMC 2910 is commercially available from the Dow Chemical Company under the tradename METHOCEL E. METHOCEL E5, which is one grade of HPMC-2910 suitable for use in the present invention, has a viscosity of about 4 to 6 cps (4 to 6 millipascal-seconds) at 20° C. in a 2% aqueous solution as determined by a Ubbelohde viscometer. Similarly, METHOCEL E6, which is another grade of HPMC-2910 suitable for use in the present invention, has a viscosity of about 5 to 7 cps (5 to 7 millipascal-seconds) at 20° C. in a 2% aqueous solution as determined by a Ubbelohde viscometer. METHOCEL E15, which is another grade of HPMC-2910 suitable for use in the present invention, has a viscosity of about 15000 cps (15 millipascal-seconds) at 20° C. in a 2% aqueous solution as determined by a Ubbelohde viscometer. As used herein, “degree of substitution” meand the average number of substituent groups attached to a anhydroglucose ring, and “hydroxypropyl molar substitution” meand the number of moles of hydroxypropyl per mole anhydroglucose. [0217]
  • One suitable polyvinyl alcohol and polyethylene glycol copolymer is commercially available from BASF Corporation under the tradename KOLLICOAT IR. [0218]
  • As used herein, “modified starches” include starches that have been modified by crosslinking, chemically modified for improved stability or optimized performance, or physically modified for improved solubility properties or optimized performance. Examples of chemically-modified starches are well known in the art and typically include those starches that have been chemically treated to cause replacement of some of its hydroxyl groups with either ester or ether groups. Crosslinking, as used herein, may occur in modified starches when two hydroxyl groups on neighboring starch molecules are chemically linked. As used herein, “pre-gelatinized starches” or “instantized starches” refers to modified starches that have been pre-wetted, then dried to enhance their cold-water solubility. Suitable modified starches are commercially available from several suppliers such as, for example, A.E. Staley Manufacturing Company, and National Starch & Chemical Company. One suitable film forming modified starch includes the pre-gelatinized waxy maize derivative starches that are commercially available from National Starch & Chemical Company under the tradenames PURITY GUM and FILMSET, and derivatives, copolymers, and mixtures thereof. Such waxy maize starches typically contain, based upon the total weight of the starch, from about 0 percent to about 18 percent of amylose and from about 100% to about 88% of amylopectin. [0219]
  • Other suitable film forming modified starches include the hydroxypropylated starches, in which some of the hydroxyl groups of the starch have been etherified with hydroxypropyl groups, usually via treatment with propylene oxide. One example of a suitable hydroxypropyl starch that possesses film-forming properties is available from Grain Processing Company under the tradename, PURE-COTE B790. [0220]
  • Suitable tapioca dextrins for use as film formers include those available from National Starch & Chemical Company under the tradenames CRYSTAL GUM or K-4484, and derivatives thereof such as modified food starch derived from tapioca, which is available from National Starch and Chemical under the tradename PURITY GUM 40, and copolymers and mixtures thereof. [0221]
  • Any thickener known in the art is suitable for use in the flowable material of the present invention. Examples of such thickeners include but are not limited to hydrocolloids (also referred to herein as gelling polymers), clays, gelling starches, and crystallizable carbohydrates, and derivatives, copolymers and mixtures thereof. [0222]
  • Examples of suitable hydrocolloids (also referred to herein as gelling polymers) such as alginates, agar, guar gum, locust bean, carrageenan, tara, gum arabic, tragacanth, pectin, xanthan, gellan, maltodextrin, galactomannan, pusstulan, laminarin, scleroglucan, gum arabic, inulin, pectin, whelan, rhamsan, zooglan, methylan, chitin, cyclodextrin, chitosan. Examples of suitable clays include smectites such as bentonite, kaolin, and laponite; magnesium trisilicate, magnesium aluminum silicate, and the like, and derivatives and mixtures thereof. Examples of suitable gelling starches include acid hydrolyzed starches, and derivatives and mixtures thereof. Additional suitable thickening hydrocolloids include low-moisture polymer solutions such as mixtures of gelatin and other hydrocolloids at water contents up to about 30%, such as for example those used to make “gummi” confection forms. [0223]
  • Additional suitable thickeners include crystallizable carbohydrates, and the like, and derivatives and combinations thereof. Suitable crystallizable carbohydrates include the monosaccharides and the oligosaccharides. Of the monosaccharides, the aldohexoses e.g., the D and L isomers of allose, altrose, glucose, mannose, gulose, idose, galactose, talose, and the ketohexoses e.g., the D and L isomers of fructose and sorbose along with their hydrogenated analogs: e.g., glucitol (sorbitol), and mannitol are preferred. Of the oligosaccharides, the 1,2-disaccharides sucrose and trehalose, the 1,4-disaccharides maltose, lactose, and cellobiose, and the 1,6-disaccharides gentiobiose and melibiose, as well as the trisaccharide raffinose are preferred along with the isomerized form of sucrose known as isomaltulose and its hydrogenated analog isomalt. Other hydrogenated forms of reducing disaccharides (such as maltose and lactose), for example, maltitol and lactitol are also preferred. Additionally, the hydrogenated forms of the aldopentoses: e.g., D and L ribose, arabinose, xylose, and lyxose and the hydrogenated forms of the aldotetroses: e.g., D and L erythrose and threose are preferred and are exemplified by xylitol and erythritol, respectively. [0224]
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the flowable material comprises gelatin as a gelling polymer. Gelatin is a natural, thermogelling polymer. It is a tasteless and colorless mixture of derived proteins of the albuminous class which is ordinarily soluble in warm water. Two types of gelatin—Type A and Type B—are commonly used. Type A gelatin is a derivative of acid-treated raw materials. Type B gelatin is a derivative of alkali-treated raw materials. The moisture content of gelatin, as well as its Bloom strength, composition and original gelatin processing conditions, determine its transition temperature between liquid and solid. Bloom is a standard measure of the strength of a gelatin gel, and is roughly correlated with molecular weight. Bloom is defined as the weight in grams required to move a half-inch diameter [0225] plastic plunger 4 mm into a 6.67% gelatin gel that has been held at 10° C. for 17 hours. In a preferred embodiment, the flowable material is an aqueous solution comprising 20% 275 Bloom pork skin gelatin, 20% 250 Bloom Bone Gelatin, and approximately 60% water.
  • Suitable xanthan gums include those available from C.P. Kelco Company under the tradenames KELTROL 1000, XANTROL 180, or K9B310. [0226]
  • Suitable clays include smectites such as bentonite, kaolin, and laponite; magnesium trisilicate, magnesium aluminum silicate, and the like, and derivatives and mixtures thereof. [0227]
  • “Acid-hydrolyzed starch,” as used herein, is one type of modified starch that results from treating a starch suspension with dilute acid at a temperature below the gelatinization point of the starch. During the acid hydrolysis, the granular form of the starch is maintained in the starch suspension, and the hydrolysis reaction is ended by neutralization, filtration and drying once the desired degree of hydrolysis is reached. As a result, the average molecular size of the starch polymers is reduced. Acid-hydrolyzed starches (also known as “thin boiling starches”) tend to have a much lower hot viscosity than the same native starch as well as a strong tendency to gel when cooled. [0228]
  • “Gelling starches,” as used herein, include those starches that, when combined with water and heated to a temperature sufficient to form a solution, thereafter form a gel upon cooling to a temperature below the gelation point of the starch. Examples of gelling starches include, but are not limited to, acid hydrolyzed starches such as that available from Grain Processing Corporation under the tradename PURE-SET B950; hydroxypropyl distarch phosphate such as that available from Grain Processing Corporation under the tradename, PURE-GEL B990, and mixtures thereof. [0229]
  • Suitable low-melting hydrophobic materials include fats, fatty acid esters, phospholipids, and waxes. Examples of suitable fats include hydrogenated vegetable oils such as for example cocoa butter, hydrogenated palm kernel oil, hydrogenated cottonseed oil, hydrogenated sunflower oil, and hydrogenated soybean oil; and free fatty acids and their salts. Examples of suitable fatty acid esters include sucrose fatty acid esters, mono, di, and triglycerides, glyceryl behenate, glyceryl palmitostearate, glyceryl monostearate, glyceryl tristearate, glyceryl trilaurylate, glyceryl myristate, GlycoWax-932, lauroyl macrogol-32 glycerides, and stearoyl macrogol-32 glycerides. Examples of suitable phospholipids include phosphotidyl choline, phosphotidyl serene, phosphotidyl enositol, and phosphotidic acid. Examples of suitable waxes include carnauba wax, spermaceti wax, beeswax, candelilla wax, shellac wax, microcrystalline wax, and paraffin wax; fat-containing mixtures such as chocolate; and the like. [0230]
  • Suitable non-crystallizable carbohydrates include non-crystallizable sugars such as polydextrose, and starch hydrolysates, e.g. glucose syrup, corn syrup, and high fructose corn syrup; and non-crystallizable sugar-alcohols such as maltitol syrup. [0231]
  • Suitable solvents for optional use as components of the flowable material include water; polar organic solvents such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, acetone, and the like; and non-polar organic solvents such as methylene chloride, and the like; and mixtures thereof. [0232]
  • The flowable material for making the shell by spraying, dipping, enrobing, or molding may optionally comprise adjuvants or excipients, which may comprise up to about 30% by weight of the flowable material. Examples of suitable adjuvants or excipients include plasticizers, detackifiers, humectants, surfactants, anti-foaming agents, colorants, flavorants, sweeteners, opacifiers, and the like. Suitable plasticizers for making the core, the shell, or a portion thereof, by molding include, but not be limited to polyethylene glycol; propylene glycol; glycerin; sorbitol; triethyl citrate; tribuyl citrate; dibutyl sebecate; vegetable oils such as castor oil, rape oil, olive oil, and sesame oil; surfactants such as polysorbates, sodium lauryl sulfates, and dioctyl-sodium sulfosuccinates; mono acetate of glycerol; diacetate of glycerol; triacetate of glycerol; natural gums; triacetin; acetyltributyl citrate; diethyloxalate; diethylmalate; diethyl fumarate; diethylmalonate; dioctylphthalate; dibutylsuccinate; glyceroltributyrate; hydrogenated castor oil; fatty acids; substituted triglycerides and glycerides; and the like and/or mixtures thereof. In one embodiment, the plasticizer is triethyl citrate. In certain embodiments, the shell is substantially free of plasticizers, i.e. contains less than about 1%, say less than about 0.01% of plasticizers. [0233]
  • The openings may be made in the shell in any manner. A variety of methods of creating openings or holes in coatings are known in the pharmaceutical and other arts, and any of these may be used. As will be appreciated by one skilled in the art, different methods of making the openings may lend themselves to combination with different methods of manufacturing the dosage form and/or applying the shell thereto. The method of making the openings also depends on the nature and composition of the shell, and the outer coating if present. The openings may be formed in the shell of the present invention at any of several different steps in the process, depending partly on the process used to apply the shell to the core. For embodiments in which the shell is applied to the core by enrobing, the openings may be formed during formation of the cast film, after formation of the cast film but prior to application of the film to the core, during application of the film to the core, or after application of the film to the core. For embodiments in which the shell is applied to the core by dipping, transfer, spraying, or molding, the openings may be formed in the shell material during application of the shell to the core, or after application of the shell to the core. [0234]
  • For example, ablative methods employing erosion, melting, or vaporization of the shell by water jet erosion, sand blasting, grinding, arc vaporization, dielectric breakdown, ion beam sputtering, ultrasonic abrasive machining, cavitating fluid jet, or laser evaporation may be used to make the openings. Mechanical processes such as punching, perforating, slitting, piercing, drilling, masking followed by dipping, or vacuum removal may be used to make the openings. Chemical means, such as acid reactions, base reactions, solvent washing, acid etching with masking, photo etching with masking, anisotropic wet chemical etching, isotropic wet chemical etching, hydrophobization whereby dots of a nonwetting material are printed for example on a roller, or a burned mask effect may be used to make the openings. Methods involving the application of heat, such as melting with a hot iron, laser machining, arc evaporation, ultrasonic melting or cavitation, microwave heating, high energy methods such as plasma methods, infrared selective polymer curing, or induction heating with ferrous additives may be used to make the openings. Finally, additive methods such as painting, dipping, solvent washing, enrobing of the core with a woven material, strands or ribbons, spray coating with a masking material and removing the masking material by solvent or hydrophobic incompatibility, spraying through a masking sheet, using ribbons of material, or building up threads or webs or mats in the shell may also be used to create openings. [0235]
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the shell is applied to the core by thermal cycle molding, as described above, and the openings are formed via one or more protrusions on the inside surface of at least one of the mold assemblies. Each protrusion, which is adjusted for shape and size as desired, masks a small location on an underlying core, leaving behind an opening in the shell at the site of the protrusion. The mold assemblies may comprise a plurality of protrusions to form a plurality of corresponding openings in the shell. The protrusions may be located on the inside surface of only one mold assembly, say the upper mold assembly, or located within only a portion, i.e., one quadrant of the inside surface of one mold assembly, as desired. Or the protrusions may be arranged to form patterns, symbols, words, and the like, in the shell. [0236]
  • In another embodiment of the invention, the shell is applied to the core by enrobing, either using visually homogeneous films as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,146,730 and 5,459,983, or films having visually distinct portions as described in commonly assigned, copending U.S. application Ser. Nos. ______ [MCP 301 and MCP 316]______. In either case, the cast films used for the enrobing step are perforated either before, during, or after the enrobing process. [0237]
  • In one embodiment, in which the shell is applied to the core by enrobing, the openings may be formed during formation of the cast film by the mechanical method of casting the openings into the film using a suitably shaped or textured casting surface, e.g. chilled film forming roll ([0238] exterior surface 36 of casting drum 34 in the [MCP 301]______ application). Suitable textures include surfaces with protrusions tall enough that the poured film will not envelope the protrusions, thus leaving openings in the cooled film. FIG. 7 depicts such a forming roll 1010 having a surface 1020 having a suitable texture that creates voids, slits, or open areas in the film. The films arrive at the dye rolls 1040 already containing openings.
  • In a second embodiment, in which the shell is applied to the core via enrobing, the openings may be mechanically pierced or punched in the cast film after it is formed, and prior to its application to the core. For example, FIGS. 8 and 9 depict perforating [0239] apparatuses 1030 located between the forming rolls 1010 and dye rolls 1040. The perforating apparatus pierces, or punches openings into the formed film. In another such embodiment, utilizing the vacuum forming method of applying the shell to the core via enrobing, the film is vaccuum formed on a vacuum forming plate (i.e., a plurality of porous platens 294 as described in the [MCP 301]______ application) into the cavity shapes for depositing the cores into the recess, then the openings are formed prior to inserting the cores. In one particular such embodiment, the shaped film with recesses is removed from the forming plate (i.e., the plurality of porous platens 294), and travels to a perforating apparatus. In another particular embodiment, the shaped film with recesses remains in contact with the forming plate (i.e., the plurality of porous platens 294), and openings are formed therein via suitable ablative methods prior to insertion of the cores. One particularly suitable ablative method for this application employs a laser to “burn” the openings into the formed film in the desired shape, size and pattern.
  • Another particular embodiment wherein openings are formed in the shell prior to its application to the core by enrobing is depicted in FIG. 10. This method employs a capsule shell (comprising gelatin, starch, cellulose ethers, or other suitable materials as known in the art and described herein) to enrobe the core of the dosage form. The capsule shell is formed in two [0240] portions 1210 by dipping steel pins into a solution of shell material in fluid form as known in the art. The shell material is then solidified on the steel pins. Before removal of the solidified capsule shells from the forming pins, suitable means, such as for example a laser, is used to burn the openings in the capsule shell in the desired size, shape, and pattern. The cores 1220 are then enrobed with the capsule shells 1210 as known in the art, for example by shrink-fitting capsule shell halves onto compressed tablets as disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,415,868, 6,126,767, 5,464,631, 5,460,824, 5,317,849, 5,511,361, 5,609,010, 5,795,588 and 6,080,426, and PCT Appln. No. WO 97/37629 to produce a dosage form 1230 of the present invention.
  • In a third embodiment the openings may be formed in the shell during the application of the shell to the core. In such embodiments, the shell may be applied to the core by any suitable method, e.g. enrobing, dipping, transfer, spraying, or molding. [0241]
  • For example, in one embodiment wherein the shell is applied by enrobing, the surface of the rotary dies [0242] 1040 have a suitable texture that creates voids, slits, or open areas in the shell by perforating, piercing, or punching as the core is being enrobed with the cast film.
  • One example of a method of forming openings in the shell during application of the shell to the core by a dipping process is depicted in FIG. 11. In this method, the core is held during dipping by a [0243] holder 1310 equipped with one or more, preferably a plurality of masking pins 1320 that hold the core, and mask the areas to be left uncovered by shell. The shape, size and arrangement of the masking pins 1320 determine the shape, size, and pattern of the openings in the shell. Another example of a method of forming openings in the shell during application of the shell to the core by a dipping process is depicted in FIG. 12. Here the core is dipped into a foamed shell material 1420. The air bubbles in the foam will become openings 1430 in the finished solidified shell. In a similar embodiment, the openings are coreated during application of the shell by dipping the core into a suspension of solid wax non-pareils in film-forming shell material. The non-pareils are deposited onto the core along with the shell material. The shell material is then solidified. Next, heat is applied in order to melt the wax non-pareils, leaving openings in the shell in the size and shape of the wax non-pareils. In another embodiment, the core is dipped into a fluid material, e.g. polymer which reacts and solidifies upon activation by ultraviolet radiation, light, or heat. In this method, a highly specific or targeted energy source such as a laser is used to selectively solidify the portion of shell intended to remain on the tablet. After this treatment, the remaining fluid either drains off or is washed off. In a similar embodiment, the core surface may be coated with a powder, after which a laser can be used to selectively melt portions of the powder, leaving unmelted powder where openings are desired. The remaining material remains a powder and is shaken off.
  • One example of a preferred method of forming openings in the shell during application of the shell to the core by a transfer method similar to printing is depicted in FIG. 13. A [0244] transfer plate 1510 surface has an engraved image with peaks and valleys. The shell material is applied in fluid form to the surface of the transfer plate 1510, and selectively fills in the valleys but does not cover the peaks. A “print pad” applicator 1520 picks up the shell material in the pattern of the image from the transfer plate 1510 and deposits, or transfers, the shell material in the desired pattern onto the surface of the core. Transfer plates offer the advantage of allowing indirect application of the pattern to the dosage form. Another suitable method of painting the shell material selectively onto the core is by powder coating, e.g. electrostatic depostion as disclosed in PCT Appln. No. WO 01/57144. Another suitable method of painting the shell material selectively onto the core is via ink jet printing as disclosed in.
  • In a fourth embodiment, the openings may be formed in the shell after the shell is applied to the core. One such embodiment is depicted in FIG. 14. Here, the [0245] core 1610 has protrusions 1620, the shell 1630 is applied to surround the entire core, then the protrusions are ground off, e.g. by a pair of rotating grinding wheels 1640 to expose uncoated core (i.e. create openings 1650). In yet another example, the shell is applied to the core as multiple layers of a film, e.g. by enrobing. Areas of the film are then selectively burned off with a laser to create openings in the shell surface in the desired pattern and having any desired depth. In another such embodiment, a scintering process is used to deposit the shell. Powdered shell material is applied to the core surface, then heat is applied to partially, but not completely, fuse the powder particles, creating a porous shell surface. Other preferred methods for forming openings in the shell after its application to the core employ mechanical methods such as punching, piercing, drilling, hot knive, melting. One such mechanical method is depicted in FIG. 15. FIG. 15A depicts the use of hot pins or knives to melt and/or pierce the openings into the shell. FIG. 15B depicts the drilling of openings in the shell. The melting or piercing tips depicted in FIG. 15 may form the surface (or “business end”) of either a punch mechanism, or a roller mechanism. Another suitable mechanical method includes punching the openings into the formed shell as depicted in FIG. 16. In this particular embodiment, the punched-out shell material remains in the cavity created by the punch, however a portion of the core surface becomes exposed as part of the interior of the cavity. Alternate methods for forming openings in the shell after its application to the core include ablative methods such as sand/grit blasting, grinding, arc vaporization, dielectric breakdown, ion beam sputtering, ulirasonic abrasive machining, cavitating fluid jet, laser evaporation; chemical methods such as selective application acid or base reaction, chemical photo etching; thermal methods such as melting using hot pins, laser machining, arc evaporation, ultrasonic melting or cavitation, microwave heating, and the like. These methods can optionally be employed to selectively remove shell material after first masking the area of shell intended to remain intact.
  • It will be appreciated that many additional methods, including but not limited to those in the broad categories of ablative, mechanical, chemical, thermal, or additive, though not specifically exemplified herein, are suitable for forming the openings in the shell of the present invention. [0246]
  • For example, after exiting the film casting apparatus but before being fed to the enrobing apparatus, the film sheets may be subjected to a mechanical process such as punching, perforating, slitting, piercing, or drilling to form one or more openings in the film sheets. For instance, slits may be formed in the cast or extruded film by ablative, mechanical, chemical, thermal, or additive methods. [0247]
  • The following non-limiting example further illustrates the invention. [0248]
  • EXAMPLE
  • Part A: Preparation of Compressed Tablet Core: [0249]
  • A compressed tablet core, comprising 500 mg of acetaminophen as the active ingredient, is prepared from the following components: [0250]
    Ingredient Mg/Core
    I. Active and Excipients
    acetaminophen, USP 500.0
    powdered cellulose, NF 40.0
    pregelatinized starch, NF 10.0
    sodium starch glycolate, NF 10.0
    II. Granulating Agent
    starch, NF 40.0
    purified water, USP q.s.
    III Dry Adds
    magnesium stearate, NF 3.2
  • The active and excipients of Part I are weighed in the proportions provided and added to a bowl of a fluid bed granulator such as an AEROMATIC brand granulator. The granulating agent (Part II) is prepared by adding the purified water to a processing tank with approximately 15 grams of water for each gram of starch NF. The starch is mixed in slowly, and the mixture is heated until the temperature reaches about 82 to 84° C. With the components of Part I in a heated fluidized state and an inlet air temperature of 75 to 85° C., the granulating agent is sprayed onto the powders. After all the granulating agent has been sprayed, the granulated powders are dried to a moisture content of about 1.4 to 1.9% as determined by loss on drying using for example a COMPUTRAC brand analyzer. The dried granulation is then sieved, for example, using a GLATT QUICK brand sieve stator No. 3, screen No. 1.5 mm, 1,000 RPM. The sieved and dried granulation is then blended with the powders of Part III using a suitable mixer such as a twin shell, ribbon or planetary mixer. The finished blend is then loaded into the hopper of a rotary tableting machine and compressed into tablets using round deep concave tooling having a diameter of {fraction (7/16)} inches. The average thickness of the resulting tablet cores is approximately 0.3 inches. The average hardness of the resulting tablet cores is approximately 10 Kp. The average tablet core weight is approximately 603.2 mg. [0251]
  • Part B: Preparation of Shell Material as Cast Film for Enrobing: [0252]
  • A first gelatin based cast film for enrobing the core of part A, having a thickness in the range of approximately 0.02 inches, is prepared from the following components: [0253]
    Gelatin (150 Bloom) 45%
    Glycerin  6%
    Sorbitol  2%
    Water 45%
    Colorants
     2%
  • The colorants are mixed with the water to form a homogenous soluiton. The dry gelatin granules are added to the colorant solution, and mixed for about 1 minute to completely wet the gelatin granules. The gelatin slurry is placed in a water bath and heated to 55° C. to melt and dissolve the gelatin. The glycerin and sorbitol are then mixed in. The final solution is held at 55° C. for approximately 10 hours to deaerate. The solution is then mixed at low speed until uniform (about 5 to 15 minutes), and transferred to a jacketed feed tank equipped with a propeller-type electric mixer. The gelatin solution is maintained at 55° C. with continuous mixing during its use for forming the cast film for making the first shell portion of the present invention. The gelatin solution is then poured onto a casting drum (forming roll [0254] 1010), the surface of which is cooled to a temperature of approximately 25° C. to form a cast film.
  • A second gelatin based cast film having similar thickness, but a second color, is prepared by the method described above. [0255]
  • The cooled first cast film is then fed between two rolls comprising a perforating apparatus ([0256] 1030), which punches openings into the formed film. The openings are round, with a diameter of 750 microns, and are arranged in groups of 7, with one central opening encircled by 6 peripheral openings. The groups of 7 openings are spaced in the film at intervals corresponding to the cavities in the dye rolls 1040. The cooled second cast film is fed between two rolls with smooth surfaces, thus remaining continuous with no openings therein.
  • Next, the perforated first film and the non-perforated second film are fed between the dye rolls [0257] 1040, of an enrobing apparatus, together with the tablet cores of part A. The first and second films are pressed in contact with the tablet core, and with one another at an interface forming a seem around the belly band of the compressed tablet core. The resulting dosage form has a first shell portion of a first color, having openings therein, and a second shell portion of a second color, having substantially no openings therein.

Claims (31)

We claim:
1. A dosage form containing at least one active ingredient, which comprises a core and a shell surrounding at least a portion of the core, wherein the core has a density of at least about 0.9 g/cc, the shell comprises one or more openings, the shell is readily soluble in gastrointestinal fluids, and the dosage form provides for immediate release of at least one active ingredient upon contact of the dosage form with a liquid medium.
2. The dosage form of claim 1, wherein the shell comprises a plurality of openings.
3. The dosage form of claim 1, wherein one or more openings contact the core.
4. The dosage form of claim 2, wherein a plurality of openings contact the core.
5. The dosage form of claim 1, wherein the core comprises at least one active ingredient.
6. The dosage form of claim 1, wherein the shell comprises at least one active ingredient.
7. The dosage form of claim 5 or 6, wherein the dosage form provides for immediate release of at least one active ingredient contained in the core.
8. The dosage form of claim 1, wherein the core comprises a compressed tablet.
9. The dosage form of claim 1, wherein the compressed tablet has a hardness from about 2 to about 30 kp/cm2.
10. The dosage form of claim 1, wherein the shell is applied to the core by dipping.
11. The dosage form of claim 1, wherein the shell is applied to the core by molding.
12. The dosage form of claim 1, wherein the shell is applied to the core by enrobing.
13. The dosage form of claim 1, further comprising an outer coating covering at least a portion of the shell.
14. The dosage form of claim 12, wherein the outer coating comprises at least one active ingredient.
15. The dosage form of claim 12, wherein the outer coating covers at least a portion of the openings.
16. The dosage form of claim 12, wherein the outer coating is readily soluble in gastrointestinal fluids.
17. The dosage form of claim 1, wherein the shell comprises a film-former.
18. The dosage form of claim 17, wherein the film-former comprises gelatin.
19. The dosage form of claim 1, wherein the average shell thickness is in the range from about 100 to about 400 microns.
20. The dosage form of claim 1, wherein the relative standard deviation of the shell thickness on the dosage form is less than about 30%.
21. The dosage form of claim 1, wherein the shell comprises less than about 50% crystallizable carbohydrate.
22. The dosage form of claim 1, wherein the dosage form is substantially free of charge control agents.
23. The dosage form of claim 1, wherein the shell comprises first and second shell portions which are compositionally different.
24. The dosage form of claim 23, wherein the first and second shell portions are visually distinct.
25. The dosage form of claim 23, wherein the first and second shell portions are joined at an interface.
26. The dosage form of claim 23, wherein the first shell portion comprises one or more openings therein, and the second shell portion is substantially free of openings therein.
27. The dosage form of claim 23, wherein the first and second shell portions are in direct contact with the core.
28. The dosage form of claim 1 or 23, wherein the core is substantially surrounded by a subcoating.
29. The dosage form of claim 28, wherein the first and second shell portions are in direct contact with said subcoating.
30. The dosage form of claim 1 or claim 23, wherein the diameter or width of one or more openings is from about 200 to about 2000 microns.
31. A dosage form comprising a core having an outer surface and a shell having outer and inner surfaces, wherein at least a portion of the shell surrounds the core such that the shell inner surface resides substantially conformally upon the core outer surface, at least a portion of the shell comprises one or more openings therein, one or more of the openings are from about 200 to about 2000 microns in diameter or width, at least a portion of the shell is readily soluble in gastrointestinal fluids, the average shell thickness is in the range from about 100 to about 400 microns, the shell comprises less than about 50% crystallizable sugar, and the dosage form is substantially free of charge control agents and the dosage form provides for immediate release of at least one active ingredient upon contact of the dosage form with a liquid medium.
US10/393,610 2001-09-28 2003-03-21 Immediate release dosage form comprising shell having openings therein Abandoned US20030219484A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/393,610 US20030219484A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-03-21 Immediate release dosage form comprising shell having openings therein
US10/860,972 US20040253312A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2004-06-04 Immediate release dosage form comprising shell having openings therein

Applications Claiming Priority (11)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US09/966,450 US6982094B2 (en) 2001-09-28 2001-09-28 Systems, methods and apparatuses for manufacturing dosage forms
US09/966,509 US6767200B2 (en) 2001-09-28 2001-09-28 Systems, methods and apparatuses for manufacturing dosage forms
US09/966,497 US7122143B2 (en) 2001-09-28 2001-09-28 Methods for manufacturing dosage forms
US09/967,414 US6742646B2 (en) 2001-09-28 2001-09-28 Systems, methods and apparatuses for manufacturing dosage forms
US09/966,939 US6837696B2 (en) 2001-09-28 2001-09-28 Apparatus for manufacturing dosage forms
PCT/US2002/031024 WO2003026625A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Modified release dosage forms
PCT/US2002/031129 WO2003026630A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Dosage forms having an inner core and outer shell with different shapes
PCT/US2002/031117 WO2003026629A2 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Modified release dosage forms
PCT/US2002/031163 WO2003026627A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Composite dosage forms
PCT/US2002/031062 WO2003026626A2 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Modified release dosage forms
US10/393,610 US20030219484A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-03-21 Immediate release dosage form comprising shell having openings therein

Related Parent Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2002/031163 Continuation-In-Part WO2003026627A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Composite dosage forms
PCT/US2002/031117 Continuation-In-Part WO2003026629A2 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Modified release dosage forms
PCT/US2002/031129 Continuation-In-Part WO2003026630A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Dosage forms having an inner core and outer shell with different shapes
PCT/US2002/031024 Continuation-In-Part WO2003026625A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Modified release dosage forms
PCT/US2002/031062 Continuation-In-Part WO2003026626A2 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Modified release dosage forms

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/860,972 Continuation-In-Part US20040253312A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2004-06-04 Immediate release dosage form comprising shell having openings therein

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20030219484A1 true US20030219484A1 (en) 2003-11-27

Family

ID=27542311

Family Applications (15)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/476,504 Abandoned US20040213848A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Modified release dosage forms
US10/476,529 Abandoned US20050019407A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Composite dosage forms
US10/484,485 Abandoned US20040241208A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Fondant-based pharmaceutical composition
US10/477,334 Expired - Fee Related US7968120B2 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Modified release dosage forms
US10/476,514 Abandoned US20040170750A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Edible composition and dosage form comprising an edible shell
US10/432,488 Abandoned US20040062804A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Modified release dosage forms
US10/476,530 Expired - Fee Related US8545887B2 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Modified release dosage forms
US10/476,238 Abandoned US20040241236A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Modified release dosage forms
US10/393,610 Abandoned US20030219484A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-03-21 Immediate release dosage form comprising shell having openings therein
US10/393,871 Expired - Fee Related US7416738B2 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-03-21 Modified release dosage form
US10/393,638 Abandoned US20030232082A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-03-21 Modified release dosage forms
US10/393,765 Abandoned US20040018327A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-03-21 Delayed release dosage forms
US10/393,752 Expired - Fee Related US7635490B2 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-03-21 Modified release dosage form
US12/049,628 Abandoned US20080305150A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2008-03-17 Polymer Composition And Dosage Forms Comprising The Same
US12/391,475 Expired - Fee Related US7972624B2 (en) 2001-09-28 2009-02-24 Method of manufacturing modified release dosage forms

Family Applications Before (8)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/476,504 Abandoned US20040213848A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Modified release dosage forms
US10/476,529 Abandoned US20050019407A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Composite dosage forms
US10/484,485 Abandoned US20040241208A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Fondant-based pharmaceutical composition
US10/477,334 Expired - Fee Related US7968120B2 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Modified release dosage forms
US10/476,514 Abandoned US20040170750A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Edible composition and dosage form comprising an edible shell
US10/432,488 Abandoned US20040062804A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Modified release dosage forms
US10/476,530 Expired - Fee Related US8545887B2 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Modified release dosage forms
US10/476,238 Abandoned US20040241236A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2002-09-28 Modified release dosage forms

Family Applications After (6)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/393,871 Expired - Fee Related US7416738B2 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-03-21 Modified release dosage form
US10/393,638 Abandoned US20030232082A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-03-21 Modified release dosage forms
US10/393,765 Abandoned US20040018327A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-03-21 Delayed release dosage forms
US10/393,752 Expired - Fee Related US7635490B2 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-03-21 Modified release dosage form
US12/049,628 Abandoned US20080305150A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2008-03-17 Polymer Composition And Dosage Forms Comprising The Same
US12/391,475 Expired - Fee Related US7972624B2 (en) 2001-09-28 2009-02-24 Method of manufacturing modified release dosage forms

Country Status (20)

Country Link
US (15) US20040213848A1 (en)
EP (12) EP1438028A1 (en)
JP (11) JP2005508329A (en)
KR (11) KR20040037206A (en)
CN (10) CN1596104A (en)
AT (4) ATE376826T1 (en)
AU (1) AU2002330164A1 (en)
BR (11) BR0212951A (en)
CA (12) CA2461653A1 (en)
CO (1) CO5570655A2 (en)
DE (4) DE60237294D1 (en)
ES (3) ES2295427T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1072902A1 (en)
HU (1) HUP0401686A3 (en)
MX (12) MXPA04002977A (en)
NO (4) NO20032364L (en)
NZ (3) NZ532568A (en)
PL (1) PL369134A1 (en)
PT (1) PT1429738E (en)
WO (12) WO2003026612A2 (en)

Cited By (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006032828A1 (en) * 2004-09-24 2006-03-30 Bioprogress Technology Limited Additional improvements in powder compaction and enrobing
US20060087051A1 (en) * 2004-10-27 2006-04-27 Bunick Frank J Dosage forms having a microreliefed surface and methods and apparatus for their production
US20060088585A1 (en) * 2004-10-27 2006-04-27 Bunick Frank J Dosage forms having a microreliefed surface and methods and apparatus for their production
US20060088587A1 (en) * 2004-10-27 2006-04-27 Bunick Frank J Dosage forms having a microreliefed surface and methods and apparatus for their production
US20060088593A1 (en) * 2004-10-27 2006-04-27 Bunick Frank J Dosage forms having a microreliefed surface and methods and apparatus for their production
US20060088586A1 (en) * 2004-10-27 2006-04-27 Bunick Frank J Dosage forms having a microreliefed surface and methods and apparatus for their production
US20060093560A1 (en) * 2004-10-29 2006-05-04 Jen-Chi Chen Immediate release film coating
US20060121145A1 (en) * 2004-12-07 2006-06-08 Sowden Harry S System and process for providing at least one opening in dosage forms
US20070009573A1 (en) * 2005-07-07 2007-01-11 L N K International Method of forming immediate release dosage form
US20070190133A1 (en) * 2004-10-27 2007-08-16 Bunick Frank J Dosage forms having a microreliefed surface and methods and apparatus for their production
US20070190131A1 (en) * 2006-02-10 2007-08-16 Perry Ronald L Press-fit rapid release medicament and method and apparatus of manufacturing
US20070224258A1 (en) * 2006-03-22 2007-09-27 Bunick Frank J Dosage forms having a randomized coating
US20070231389A1 (en) * 2006-03-28 2007-10-04 Bunick Frank J Non-homogenous dosage form coatings
US20070281022A1 (en) * 2004-10-27 2007-12-06 Bunick Frank J Dosage forms having a microreliefed surface and methods and apparatus for their production
US20080103206A1 (en) * 2006-10-20 2008-05-01 Jim Swann Acetaminophen / ibuprofen combinations and method for their use
US20080113021A1 (en) * 2006-10-25 2008-05-15 Robert Shen Ibuprofen composition
EP1944003A3 (en) * 2004-09-24 2008-07-23 BioProgress Technology Limited Additional improvements in powder compaction and enrobing
US20080317677A1 (en) * 2007-06-22 2008-12-25 Szymczak Christopher E Laser Marked Dosage Forms
US20080317678A1 (en) * 2007-06-22 2008-12-25 Szymczak Christopher E Laser Marked Dosage Forms
US20090004278A1 (en) * 2006-01-30 2009-01-01 Fujifilm Corporation Enzymatically Crosslinked Protein Nanoparticles
US20090148523A1 (en) * 2004-12-07 2009-06-11 Sowden Harry S System and process for providing at least one opening in dosage forms
US20110135694A1 (en) * 2009-12-07 2011-06-09 Saumitra Bagchi Partial dip coating of dosage forms for modified release
US20120164280A1 (en) * 2009-07-24 2012-06-28 Nihon Kraft Foods Limited Multiple-Region Candy and Manufacturing Method Therefor
US20150112243A1 (en) * 2006-10-25 2015-04-23 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Integrated Ingestible Event Marker System with Pharmaceutical Product
US9649066B2 (en) 2005-04-28 2017-05-16 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Communication system with partial power source
US9756874B2 (en) 2011-07-11 2017-09-12 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Masticable ingestible product and communication system therefor
US9796576B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2017-10-24 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Container with electronically controlled interlock
US9962107B2 (en) 2005-04-28 2018-05-08 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Communication system with enhanced partial power source and method of manufacturing same
US10084880B2 (en) 2013-11-04 2018-09-25 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Social media networking based on physiologic information
US10092521B2 (en) * 2004-01-13 2018-10-09 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Inc. Rapidly disintegrating gelatinous coated tablets
US10175376B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-01-08 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Metal detector apparatus, system, and method
US10187121B2 (en) 2016-07-22 2019-01-22 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Electromagnetic sensing and detection of ingestible event markers
US10207093B2 (en) 2010-04-07 2019-02-19 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Miniature ingestible device
USD846830S1 (en) 2011-06-30 2019-04-30 Intercontinental Great Brands Llc Confectionary
US10398161B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2019-09-03 Proteus Digital Heal Th, Inc. Masticable ingestible product and communication system therefor
US10588544B2 (en) 2009-04-28 2020-03-17 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Highly reliable ingestible event markers and methods for using the same
US11051543B2 (en) 2015-07-21 2021-07-06 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. Alginate on adhesive bilayer laminate film
US11149123B2 (en) 2013-01-29 2021-10-19 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Highly-swellable polymeric films and compositions comprising the same
US11504511B2 (en) 2010-11-22 2022-11-22 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Ingestible device with pharmaceutical product
US11529071B2 (en) 2016-10-26 2022-12-20 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Methods for manufacturing capsules with ingestible event markers

Families Citing this family (274)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8071128B2 (en) 1996-06-14 2011-12-06 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co., Ltd. Intrabuccally rapidly disintegrating tablet and a production method of the tablets
US6607751B1 (en) * 1997-10-10 2003-08-19 Intellipharamaceutics Corp. Controlled release delivery device for pharmaceutical agents incorporating microbial polysaccharide gum
ES2221370T3 (en) * 1998-04-03 2004-12-16 Egalet A/S COMPOSITION OF CONTROLLED RELEASE.
US20090149479A1 (en) * 1998-11-02 2009-06-11 Elan Pharma International Limited Dosing regimen
DE10026698A1 (en) 2000-05-30 2001-12-06 Basf Ag Self-emulsifying active ingredient formulation and use of this formulation
EP1429744A1 (en) * 2001-09-21 2004-06-23 Egalet A/S Morphine polymer release system
EP1429739A1 (en) * 2001-09-21 2004-06-23 Egalet A/S Polymer release system
NZ532568A (en) 2001-09-28 2005-07-29 Mcneil Ppc Inc Modified release dosage forms
US9358214B2 (en) 2001-10-04 2016-06-07 Adare Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Timed, sustained release systems for propranolol
GB0203296D0 (en) 2002-02-12 2002-03-27 Glaxo Group Ltd Novel composition
JP5069395B2 (en) * 2002-02-21 2012-11-07 ヴァレアント インターナショナル (バルバドス) エスアールエル Pharmaceutical composition with improved release of at least one form of tramadol
US8323692B2 (en) 2002-02-21 2012-12-04 Valeant International Bermuda Controlled release dosage forms
US7169450B2 (en) 2002-05-15 2007-01-30 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Enrobed core
US20060083791A1 (en) * 2002-05-24 2006-04-20 Moerck Rudi E Rare earth metal compounds methods of making, and methods of using the same
US20040161474A1 (en) * 2002-05-24 2004-08-19 Moerck Rudi E. Rare earth metal compounds methods of making, and methods of using the same
US7776314B2 (en) 2002-06-17 2010-08-17 Grunenthal Gmbh Abuse-proofed dosage system
US8637512B2 (en) 2002-07-29 2014-01-28 Glaxo Group Limited Formulations and method of treatment
EP1581197A1 (en) * 2002-12-11 2005-10-05 Ranbaxy Laboratories, Limited Coating composition for taste masking coating and methods for their application and use
GB0229258D0 (en) * 2002-12-16 2003-01-22 Boots Healthcare Int Ltd Medicinal compositions
US8367111B2 (en) 2002-12-31 2013-02-05 Aptalis Pharmatech, Inc. Extended release dosage forms of propranolol hydrochloride
US20050220870A1 (en) * 2003-02-20 2005-10-06 Bonnie Hepburn Novel formulation, omeprazole antacid complex-immediate release for rapid and sustained suppression of gastric acid
EP2186510B1 (en) * 2003-03-26 2013-07-10 Egalet Ltd. Matrix compositions for controlled delivery of drug substances
DE602004031096D1 (en) 2003-03-26 2011-03-03 Egalet As MORPHINE SYSTEM WITH CONTROLLED RELEASE
EP1615626B1 (en) * 2003-04-24 2009-10-14 Jagotec Ag Tablet with coloured core
WO2004093843A1 (en) 2003-04-24 2004-11-04 Jagotec Ag Delayed release tablet with defined core geometry
JP2007502331A (en) * 2003-05-29 2007-02-08 グリュコン テクノロジーズ グループ エルエルシー Methods and compositions for stable and controlled delivery of (-)-hydroxycitric acid
US8802139B2 (en) 2003-06-26 2014-08-12 Intellipharmaceutics Corp. Proton pump-inhibitor-containing capsules which comprise subunits differently structured for a delayed release of the active ingredient
US8993599B2 (en) 2003-07-18 2015-03-31 Santarus, Inc. Pharmaceutical formulations useful for inhibiting acid secretion and methods for making and using them
JP2006528636A (en) 2003-07-24 2006-12-21 スミスクライン・ビーチャム・コーポレイション Orally soluble film
US8075872B2 (en) 2003-08-06 2011-12-13 Gruenenthal Gmbh Abuse-proofed dosage form
DE102005005446A1 (en) 2005-02-04 2006-08-10 Grünenthal GmbH Break-resistant dosage forms with sustained release
DE10336400A1 (en) 2003-08-06 2005-03-24 Grünenthal GmbH Anti-abuse dosage form
US20070048228A1 (en) 2003-08-06 2007-03-01 Elisabeth Arkenau-Maric Abuse-proofed dosage form
DE102004032051A1 (en) 2004-07-01 2006-01-19 Grünenthal GmbH Process for the preparation of a secured against misuse, solid dosage form
DE10361596A1 (en) 2003-12-24 2005-09-29 Grünenthal GmbH Process for producing an anti-abuse dosage form
EP1653924A4 (en) * 2003-08-12 2009-09-09 Middlebrook Pharmaceuticals In Antibiotic product, use and formulation thereof
US8377952B2 (en) 2003-08-28 2013-02-19 Abbott Laboratories Solid pharmaceutical dosage formulation
US8025899B2 (en) 2003-08-28 2011-09-27 Abbott Laboratories Solid pharmaceutical dosage form
JP2005075826A (en) * 2003-08-29 2005-03-24 Boehringer Ingelheim Internatl Gmbh Controlled release preparation comprising porous silica support
GB0320854D0 (en) * 2003-09-05 2003-10-08 Arrow No 7 Ltd Buccal drug delivery
WO2005046363A2 (en) 2003-11-07 2005-05-26 U.S. Smokeless Tobacco Company Tobacco compositions
US8627828B2 (en) 2003-11-07 2014-01-14 U.S. Smokeless Tobacco Company Llc Tobacco compositions
US8067029B2 (en) 2004-01-13 2011-11-29 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Rapidly disintegrating gelatinous coated tablets
US20050196442A1 (en) * 2004-03-05 2005-09-08 Huang Hai Y. Polymeric compositions and dosage forms comprising the same
US20050196448A1 (en) * 2004-03-05 2005-09-08 Hai Yong Huang Polymeric compositions and dosage forms comprising the same
US20050196447A1 (en) * 2004-03-05 2005-09-08 Huang Hai Y. Polymeric compositions and dosage forms comprising the same
US20050196446A1 (en) * 2004-03-05 2005-09-08 Huang Hai Y. Polymeric compositions and dosage forms comprising the same
EP1731151A4 (en) * 2004-03-10 2013-05-01 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Solid pharmaceutical preparation containing sparingly water-soluble drug
US8545881B2 (en) 2004-04-19 2013-10-01 Eurand Pharmaceuticals, Ltd. Orally disintegrating tablets and methods of manufacture
EP2258349B1 (en) * 2004-05-11 2014-07-16 Egalet Ltd. Swellable dosage form comprising gellan gum
US7622137B2 (en) * 2004-05-21 2009-11-24 Accu-Break Technologies, Inc. Dosage forms contained within a capsule or sachet
US8906940B2 (en) 2004-05-25 2014-12-09 Santarus, Inc. Pharmaceutical formulations useful for inhibiting acid secretion and methods for making and using them
US8815916B2 (en) 2004-05-25 2014-08-26 Santarus, Inc. Pharmaceutical formulations useful for inhibiting acid secretion and methods for making and using them
US20060002986A1 (en) * 2004-06-09 2006-01-05 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Pharmaceutical product
TWI356036B (en) * 2004-06-09 2012-01-11 Smithkline Beecham Corp Apparatus and method for pharmaceutical production
US20050281876A1 (en) * 2004-06-18 2005-12-22 Shun-Por Li Solid dosage form for acid-labile active ingredient
DE102004032049A1 (en) 2004-07-01 2006-01-19 Grünenthal GmbH Anti-abuse, oral dosage form
US8394409B2 (en) 2004-07-01 2013-03-12 Intellipharmaceutics Corp. Controlled extended drug release technology
US8609198B2 (en) * 2004-07-21 2013-12-17 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Pharmaceutical dose form with a patterned coating and method of making the same
WO2006012634A1 (en) * 2004-07-26 2006-02-02 Teva Pharmaceutical Indudstries, Ltd. Dosage forms with an enterically coated core tablet
US7621734B2 (en) * 2004-07-28 2009-11-24 Mars, Incorporated Apparatus and process for preparing confectionery having an inclusion therein using forming rolls and a forming pin
US20060024361A1 (en) * 2004-07-28 2006-02-02 Isa Odidi Disintegrant assisted controlled release technology
US20060024368A1 (en) * 2004-07-30 2006-02-02 Reza Fassihi Compressed composite delivery system for release-rate modulation of bioactives
EP1639899A1 (en) * 2004-08-23 2006-03-29 Friesland Brands B.V. Powdered, cold-water soluble/dispersible, foamable composition
US10624858B2 (en) * 2004-08-23 2020-04-21 Intellipharmaceutics Corp Controlled release composition using transition coating, and method of preparing same
EP1799453B1 (en) * 2004-09-30 2012-09-05 MonoSolRX, LLC Multi-layer films having uniform content
US9884014B2 (en) 2004-10-12 2018-02-06 Adare Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Taste-masked pharmaceutical compositions
WO2006044657A2 (en) * 2004-10-15 2006-04-27 Altairnano, Inc. Phosphate binder with reduced pill burden
EP2417969A1 (en) 2004-10-21 2012-02-15 Aptalis Pharmatech, Inc. Taste-masked pharmaceutical compositions with gastrosoluble pore-formers
GB0423964D0 (en) * 2004-10-28 2004-12-01 Jagotec Ag Dosage form
AR051654A1 (en) * 2004-11-04 2007-01-31 Astrazeneca Ab NEW FORMULATIONS OF MODIFIED RELEASE PELLETS FOR PROTON PUMP INHIBITORS
AR052225A1 (en) * 2004-11-04 2007-03-07 Astrazeneca Ab FORMULATIONS OF MODIFIED RELEASE TABLETS FOR INHIBITORS OF THE PUMP OF PROTONS
DK1836665T3 (en) 2004-11-19 2013-04-15 Glaxosmithkline Llc PROCEDURE FOR SPECIAL CUSTOMIZED DELIVERY OF VARIABLE DOSAGE MEDICINE COMBINATION PRODUCTS FOR INDIVIDUALIZATION OF THERAPIES
US20070129402A1 (en) * 2004-12-27 2007-06-07 Eisai Research Institute Sustained release formulations
WO2006070930A1 (en) 2004-12-27 2006-07-06 Eisai R & D Management Co., Ltd. Method for stabilizing anti-dementia drug
WO2006072577A1 (en) * 2005-01-07 2006-07-13 Sandoz Ag Process for preparing granulates comprising amoxicillin
DE102005005449A1 (en) 2005-02-04 2006-08-10 Grünenthal GmbH Process for producing an anti-abuse dosage form
WO2006099618A1 (en) * 2005-03-16 2006-09-21 Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Ltd. Delivery system for multiple drugs
US9713592B2 (en) * 2005-04-06 2017-07-25 Mallinckrodt Llc Matrix-based pulse release pharmaceutical formulation
WO2006110807A1 (en) * 2005-04-12 2006-10-19 Elan Pharma International Limited Controlled release compositions comprising a cephalosporin for the treatment of a bacterial infection
US20060233882A1 (en) * 2005-04-15 2006-10-19 Sowden Harry S Osmotic dosage form
US8673352B2 (en) * 2005-04-15 2014-03-18 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Modified release dosage form
AU2006241771B2 (en) * 2005-04-28 2010-09-09 Eisai R & D Management Co., Ltd. Composition containing anti-dementia drug
US9161918B2 (en) 2005-05-02 2015-10-20 Adare Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Timed, pulsatile release systems
DE602006020133D1 (en) * 2005-05-18 2011-03-31 Goemar Lab Sa LAMINARIN-CONTAINING FOODS
CN101188999B (en) * 2005-06-03 2012-07-18 尹格莱特股份有限公司 A pharmaceutical delivery system for delivering active component dispersed in dispersion medium
AU2006261788B2 (en) * 2005-06-27 2012-05-31 Valeant International Bermuda Modified-release formulations of a bupropion salt
DE102005034043B4 (en) * 2005-07-18 2019-12-12 Südzucker Aktiengesellschaft Mannheim/Ochsenfurt Mixture containing L-carnitine and trehalulose and product containing the mixture
US20070015834A1 (en) * 2005-07-18 2007-01-18 Moshe Flashner-Barak Formulations of fenofibrate containing PEG/Poloxamer
JP2009504779A (en) * 2005-08-17 2009-02-05 アルテアナノ インコーポレイテッド Treatment of chronic renal failure and other illnesses in livestock: compositions and methods
TWI274889B (en) * 2005-10-06 2007-03-01 Elan Microelectronics Corp Resistive touch screen measurement system
KR20080075113A (en) * 2005-10-14 2008-08-14 하. 룬트벡 아크티에 셀스카브 Stable pharmaceutical formulations containing escitalopram and bupropion
US8357394B2 (en) 2005-12-08 2013-01-22 Shionogi Inc. Compositions and methods for improved efficacy of penicillin-type antibiotics
US8778924B2 (en) 2006-12-04 2014-07-15 Shionogi Inc. Modified release amoxicillin products
US10064828B1 (en) 2005-12-23 2018-09-04 Intellipharmaceutics Corp. Pulsed extended-pulsed and extended-pulsed pulsed drug delivery systems
WO2007086846A1 (en) * 2006-01-24 2007-08-02 Santarus, Inc. Pharmaceutical formulations useful for inhibiting acid secretion and methods for making and using them
US20070184111A1 (en) * 2006-02-03 2007-08-09 Pharmavite Llc Hybrid tablet
CN101453996B (en) * 2006-04-03 2016-05-11 伊萨·奥迪迪 Drug delivery composition
CN101453993A (en) 2006-04-03 2009-06-10 伊萨·奥迪迪 Controlled release delivery device comprising an organosol coat
US10960077B2 (en) * 2006-05-12 2021-03-30 Intellipharmaceutics Corp. Abuse and alcohol resistant drug composition
US20070293587A1 (en) * 2006-05-23 2007-12-20 Haley Jeffrey T Combating sinus, throat, and blood infections with xylitol delivered in the mouth
CN102582106B (en) * 2006-05-23 2015-12-16 奥拉黑尔斯公司 There is the bi-layer oral adhesive tablet of Radix Acaciae senegalis binding agent
BRPI0712285A2 (en) * 2006-06-19 2012-01-10 Accu Break Technologies Inc dosage form and method of using a dosage form
SI2049123T2 (en) 2006-08-03 2016-10-28 Horizon Pharma Ag Delayed-release glucocorticoid treatment of rheumatoid disease
SA07280459B1 (en) 2006-08-25 2011-07-20 بيورديو فارما إل. بي. Tamper Resistant Oral Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms Comprising an Opioid Analgesic
US8399230B2 (en) 2006-10-12 2013-03-19 Kemin Industries, Inc. Heat-stable enzyme compositions
EP1916006A1 (en) * 2006-10-19 2008-04-30 Albert Schömig Implant coated with a wax or a resin
WO2008086804A2 (en) * 2007-01-16 2008-07-24 Egalet A/S Use of i) a polyglycol and n) an active drug substance for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for i) mitigating the risk of alcohol induced dose dumping and/or ii) reducing the risk of drug abuse
US7767248B2 (en) 2007-02-02 2010-08-03 Overly Iii Harry J Soft chew confectionary with high fiber and sugar content and method for making same
GB0702974D0 (en) * 2007-02-15 2007-03-28 Jagotec Ag Method and apparatus for producing a tablet
JP5224790B2 (en) * 2007-03-02 2013-07-03 株式会社明治 Solid food and method for producing the same
US8895061B2 (en) * 2007-03-02 2014-11-25 Meda Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compositions comprising carisoprodol and methods of use thereof
DE102007011485A1 (en) 2007-03-07 2008-09-11 Grünenthal GmbH Dosage form with more difficult abuse
US20080292692A1 (en) * 2007-05-21 2008-11-27 Shira Pilch Impermeable Capsules
US20080300322A1 (en) * 2007-06-01 2008-12-04 Atlantic Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Delivery vehicles containing rosin resins
WO2008148798A2 (en) 2007-06-04 2008-12-11 Egalet A/S Controlled release pharmaceutical compositions for prolonged effect
AR066862A1 (en) * 2007-06-11 2009-09-16 Procter & Gamble SUPPLY PARTICLE CONTAINING BENEFIT AGENTS
US20090004248A1 (en) * 2007-06-29 2009-01-01 Frank Bunick Dual portion dosage lozenge form
JP5965583B2 (en) * 2007-08-13 2016-08-10 インスピリオン デリバリー テクノロジーズ エルエルシー Abuse resistant pharmaceutical composition, method of use and preparation
US20090060983A1 (en) * 2007-08-30 2009-03-05 Bunick Frank J Method And Composition For Making An Orally Disintegrating Dosage Form
EP2197448A4 (en) * 2007-09-12 2010-11-17 Elan Pharma Int Ltd Dosing regimen
AR066166A1 (en) * 2007-09-21 2009-07-29 Organon Nv DRUG SUPPLY SYSTEM
FR2921835B1 (en) * 2007-10-05 2012-05-04 Soc Dexploitation De Produits Pour Les Industries Chimiques Seppic COATING COMPOSITION COMPRISING POLYDEXTROSE, PROCESS FOR PREPARING THE SAME, AND USE FOR COATING INFRINGABLE SOLID FORMS
US8303573B2 (en) 2007-10-17 2012-11-06 The Invention Science Fund I, Llc Medical or veterinary digestive tract utilization systems and methods
US8789536B2 (en) 2007-10-17 2014-07-29 The Invention Science Fund I, Llc Medical or veterinary digestive tract utilization systems and methods
US20090105561A1 (en) * 2007-10-17 2009-04-23 Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware Medical or veterinary digestive tract utilization systems and methods
US8707964B2 (en) * 2007-10-31 2014-04-29 The Invention Science Fund I, Llc Medical or veterinary digestive tract utilization systems and methods
JP4879351B2 (en) 2007-10-19 2012-02-22 大塚製薬株式会社 Pharmaceutical solid formulation
US8808276B2 (en) * 2007-10-23 2014-08-19 The Invention Science Fund I, Llc Adaptive dispensation in a digestive tract
US8333754B2 (en) * 2007-10-31 2012-12-18 The Invention Science Fund I, Llc Medical or veterinary digestive tract utilization systems and methods
US8808271B2 (en) * 2007-10-31 2014-08-19 The Invention Science Fund I, Llc Medical or veterinary digestive tract utilization systems and methods
US8109920B2 (en) * 2007-10-31 2012-02-07 The Invention Science Fund I, Llc Medical or veterinary digestive tract utilization systems and methods
US20090163894A1 (en) * 2007-10-31 2009-06-25 Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware Medical or veterinary digestive tract utilization systems and methods
MX2010004897A (en) * 2007-10-31 2010-05-19 Mcneil Ppc Inc Orally disintegrated dosage form.
US20090137866A1 (en) * 2007-11-28 2009-05-28 Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Delaware Medical or veterinary digestive tract utilization systems and methods
CA2956278C (en) 2008-01-04 2022-03-01 Schabar Research Associates Llc Unit oral dose compositions composed of ibuprofen and famotidine and applications thereof
CA2713128C (en) 2008-01-25 2016-04-05 Gruenenthal Gmbh Pharmaceutical dosage form
WO2009154810A2 (en) * 2008-02-25 2009-12-23 Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Ltd. Delivery systems for multiple active agents
US8372432B2 (en) 2008-03-11 2013-02-12 Depomed, Inc. Gastric retentive extended-release dosage forms comprising combinations of a non-opioid analgesic and an opioid analgesic
EP2262484B1 (en) 2008-03-11 2013-01-23 Depomed, Inc. Gastric retentive extended-release dosage forms comprising combinations of a non-opioid analgesic and an opioid analgesic
WO2009137648A1 (en) * 2008-05-09 2009-11-12 Aptapharma, Inc. Multilayer proton pump inhibitor tablets
WO2009135680A1 (en) 2008-05-09 2009-11-12 Grünenthal GmbH Process for the preparation of an intermediate powder formulation and a final solid dosage form under usage of a spray congealing step
WO2009140351A2 (en) * 2008-05-14 2009-11-19 Cadbury Adams Usa Llc Confectionery with enzymatically manipulated texture
WO2009146537A1 (en) * 2008-06-02 2009-12-10 Pharmascience Inc. Multilayer control-release drug delivery system
KR200452140Y1 (en) * 2008-06-20 2011-02-08 주식회사 부성시스템 Control device for nonwoven open/closed device of vinyl house
JP5681626B2 (en) 2008-07-14 2015-03-11 ポリーペイド リミテッドPolypid Ltd. Sustained release drug carrier composition
KR200450450Y1 (en) * 2008-07-16 2010-10-04 이봉석 The case of position limit switch
JP2011530529A (en) * 2008-08-07 2011-12-22 アバントール パフォーマンス マテリアルズ, インコーポレイテッド Sustained release composition comprising gum and sugar alcohol
US8038424B2 (en) 2008-09-22 2011-10-18 Xerox Corporation System and method for manufacturing sold ink sticks with an injection molding process
FR2936952A1 (en) * 2008-10-09 2010-04-16 Monique Bellec Product, useful as nutritional supplements, comprises a composition in powder/anhydrous liquid form, having active ingredient and gelling agent e.g. lecithin and alginic acid, where composition is enclosed in edible water-soluble envelope
IT1394597B1 (en) * 2008-11-05 2012-07-05 Politi DRY GRANULATION IN GAS FLOW.
WO2010067478A1 (en) * 2008-12-12 2010-06-17 株式会社ミツヤコーポレーション Food and method for processing the same
EP2391369A1 (en) * 2009-01-26 2011-12-07 Nitec Pharma AG Delayed-release glucocorticoid treatment of asthma
WO2010089132A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2010-08-12 Egalet A/S Immediate release composition resistant to abuse by intake of alcohol
US8603526B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2013-12-10 Egalet Ltd. Pharmaceutical compositions resistant to abuse
HUE049501T2 (en) * 2009-02-13 2020-09-28 Romark Laboratories Lc Controlled release pharmaceutical formulations of nitazoxanide
CN102421421A (en) * 2009-05-12 2012-04-18 Bpsi控股有限责任公司 Film coatings containing fine particle size detackifiers and substrates coated therewith
WO2010133961A1 (en) 2009-05-22 2010-11-25 Inventia Healthcare Private Limited Extended release compositions of cyclobenzaprine
EP2445487A2 (en) 2009-06-24 2012-05-02 Egalet Ltd. Controlled release formulations
US8992979B2 (en) 2009-07-14 2015-03-31 Polypid Ltd. Sustained-release drug carrier composition
CN102573806B (en) 2009-07-22 2015-02-25 格吕伦塔尔有限公司 Tamper-resistant dosage form for oxidation-sensitive opioids
CN102573805A (en) 2009-07-22 2012-07-11 格吕伦塔尔有限公司 Hot-melt extruded controlled release dosage form
TW201117812A (en) 2009-08-05 2011-06-01 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Inc Macrocyclic serine protease inhibitors
US20120141584A1 (en) * 2009-08-26 2012-06-07 Aptapharma, Inc. Multilayer Minitablets
PL399450A1 (en) * 2009-08-31 2013-01-21 Depomed, Inc Remaining in the stomach pharmaceutical compositions for the immediate and prolonged release of acetaminophen
CN102575016B (en) * 2009-09-01 2015-06-10 罗地亚管理公司 Polymer compositions
US9610224B2 (en) 2009-09-24 2017-04-04 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Inc. Manufacture of tablet in a die utilizing powder blend containing water-containing material
US20110318411A1 (en) 2010-06-24 2011-12-29 Luber Joseph R Multi-layered orally disintegrating tablet and the manufacture thereof
US8313768B2 (en) * 2009-09-24 2012-11-20 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Manufacture of tablet having immediate release region and sustained release region
US20110070286A1 (en) * 2009-09-24 2011-03-24 Andreas Hugerth Process for the manufacture of nicotine-comprising chewing gum and nicotine-comprising chewing gum manufactured according to said process
EP2316432A1 (en) * 2009-10-30 2011-05-04 ratiopharm GmbH Compound containing fesoterodine and roughage
WO2011056764A1 (en) 2009-11-05 2011-05-12 Ambit Biosciences Corp. Isotopically enriched or fluorinated imidazo[2,1-b][1,3]benzothiazoles
SG10201407965XA (en) 2009-12-02 2015-02-27 Aptalis Pharma Ltd Fexofenadine microcapsules and compositions containing them
BR112012014899A2 (en) 2009-12-18 2017-03-14 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Inc compound, pharmaceutical composition, method for treating or preventing hepatitis c virus infection in a subject, method for treating, preventing or ameliorating one or more symptoms of a liver disease or disorder associated with hepatitis c virus infection in a subject , method for inhibiting replication of a virus in a host, method for inhibiting replication of a virus
US10485770B2 (en) 2009-12-21 2019-11-26 Aptapharma, Inc. Functionally-coated multilayer tablets
JP5860409B2 (en) 2010-01-19 2016-02-16 ポリピッド リミテッド Sustained release nucleic acid matrix composition
WO2011094890A1 (en) 2010-02-02 2011-08-11 Argusina Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives and their use as non-peptide glp-1 receptor modulators
US9579285B2 (en) 2010-02-03 2017-02-28 Gruenenthal Gmbh Preparation of a powdery pharmaceutical composition by means of an extruder
US9205577B2 (en) * 2010-02-05 2015-12-08 Allergan, Inc. Porogen compositions, methods of making and uses
US9138309B2 (en) 2010-02-05 2015-09-22 Allergan, Inc. Porous materials, methods of making and uses
GB201003734D0 (en) * 2010-03-05 2010-04-21 Univ Strathclyde Delayed prolonged drug delivery
GB201003766D0 (en) 2010-03-05 2010-04-21 Univ Strathclyde Pulsatile drug release
GB201003731D0 (en) * 2010-03-05 2010-04-21 Univ Strathclyde Immediate/delayed drug delivery
EP2544887A1 (en) * 2010-03-11 2013-01-16 Wockhardt Limited A device for the manufacture of a dosage form with a hole and method of manufacture
WO2011112689A2 (en) 2010-03-11 2011-09-15 Ambit Biosciences Corp. Saltz of an indazolylpyrrolotriazine
US8486013B2 (en) * 2010-03-18 2013-07-16 Biotronik Ag Balloon catheter having coating
US9743688B2 (en) 2010-03-26 2017-08-29 Philip Morris Usa Inc. Emulsion/colloid mediated flavor encapsulation and delivery with tobacco-derived lipids
US11202853B2 (en) * 2010-05-11 2021-12-21 Allergan, Inc. Porogen compositions, methods of making and uses
BR112012028629B8 (en) 2010-05-12 2022-10-25 Spectrum Pharmaceuticals Inc METHOD OF PRODUCING A COMPOUND OF LANTANUM CARBONATE, AND, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION
US20110280936A1 (en) * 2010-05-17 2011-11-17 Aptapharma, Inc. Self Breaking Tablets
WO2011161666A2 (en) * 2010-06-21 2011-12-29 White Innovation Ltd. Enclosed liquid capsules
CA2809993A1 (en) 2010-09-01 2012-03-08 Ambit Biosciences Corporation An optically active pyrazolylaminoquinazoline, and pharmaceutical compositions and methods of use thereof
JP5872558B2 (en) 2010-09-01 2016-03-01 アムビト ビオスシエンセス コルポラチオン Pyrazolylaminoquinazoline hydrobromide
EP2611425B1 (en) 2010-09-02 2014-07-02 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper resistant dosage form comprising an anionic polymer
WO2012028319A1 (en) 2010-09-02 2012-03-08 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper resistant dosage form comprising inorganic salt
AU2011338530B2 (en) 2010-12-06 2017-06-15 Follica, Inc. Methods for treating baldness and promoting hair growth
US10821085B2 (en) * 2010-12-07 2020-11-03 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Wipe coated with a botanical composition having antimicrobial properties
AU2011342893A1 (en) 2010-12-13 2013-05-02 Purdue Pharma L.P. Controlled release dosage forms
WO2012080050A1 (en) 2010-12-14 2012-06-21 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Solid forms of a phenoxybenzenesulfonyl compound
EP2670396A1 (en) 2011-01-31 2013-12-11 Celgene Corporation Pharmaceutical compositions of cytidine analogs and methods of use thereof
US9353100B2 (en) 2011-02-10 2016-05-31 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc Macrocyclic serine protease inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use for treating HCV infections
US20120252721A1 (en) 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating drug-resistant hepatitis c virus infection with a 5,5-fused arylene or heteroarylene hepatitis c virus inhibitor
CN105853445A (en) 2011-06-06 2016-08-17 橡冠科学研究院 Drug delivery device employing wicking release window
WO2013017242A1 (en) 2011-07-29 2013-02-07 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper-resistant tablet providing immediate drug release
CN103841964A (en) 2011-07-29 2014-06-04 格吕伦塔尔有限公司 Tamper-resistant tablet providing immediate drug release
US9474303B2 (en) 2011-09-22 2016-10-25 R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company Translucent smokeless tobacco product
US9629392B2 (en) 2011-09-22 2017-04-25 R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company Translucent smokeless tobacco product
US20130078307A1 (en) 2011-09-22 2013-03-28 Niconovum Usa, Inc. Nicotine-containing pharmaceutical composition
US9084439B2 (en) 2011-09-22 2015-07-21 R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company Translucent smokeless tobacco product
WO2013055360A1 (en) 2011-10-14 2013-04-18 Hill's Pet Nutrition, Inc. Process for preparing a food composition
KR101384055B1 (en) * 2012-02-02 2014-04-14 한국원자력연구원 Burst type lagged-release controlled composition and preparation method thereof
US20130225697A1 (en) 2012-02-28 2013-08-29 Grunenthal Gmbh Tamper-resistant dosage form comprising pharmacologically active compound and anionic polymer
CN104334545A (en) 2012-03-16 2015-02-04 埃克希金医药品有限公司 3,5-diaminopyrazole kinase inhibitors
US20130261372A1 (en) * 2012-03-30 2013-10-03 Elwha LLC, a limited liability company of the State of Delaware Device, System, and Method for Delivery of Sugar Glass Stabilized Compositions
TR201815502T4 (en) 2012-04-18 2018-11-21 Gruenenthal Gmbh Tamper or pharmaceutical dosage form that is resistant and resistant to dose discharge.
WO2013165961A1 (en) * 2012-04-30 2013-11-07 Bettinger, Christopher J. A water-activated, ingestible battery
US9511028B2 (en) 2012-05-01 2016-12-06 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Inc. Orally disintegrating tablet
US9233491B2 (en) 2012-05-01 2016-01-12 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Inc. Machine for production of solid dosage forms
US9445971B2 (en) * 2012-05-01 2016-09-20 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Inc. Method of manufacturing solid dosage form
US10064945B2 (en) 2012-05-11 2018-09-04 Gruenenthal Gmbh Thermoformed, tamper-resistant pharmaceutical dosage form containing zinc
TW201400146A (en) * 2012-06-05 2014-01-01 Takeda Pharmaceutical Core-containing tablet
CN104684548A (en) 2012-07-06 2015-06-03 埃格勒特有限责任公司 Abuse deterrent pharmaceutical compositions for controlled release
CN102824640A (en) * 2012-08-06 2012-12-19 济南圣泉唐和唐生物科技有限公司 Capsule shell and preparation method thereof
US20140193543A1 (en) * 2013-01-09 2014-07-10 Alexander Vigneri Decorative hollow chocolate confection with improved writability
DE102013004263A1 (en) 2013-03-13 2014-09-18 Martin Lipsdorf Fast-dissolving oral dosage form and method of making the same
CN105163722A (en) 2013-03-15 2015-12-16 英秋博实验室有限公司 Multi-stage biodegradable drug delivery platform
EP2976082A4 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-05-11 Inspirion Delivery Technologies Llc Abuse deterrent compositions and methods of use
US9470489B2 (en) * 2013-05-14 2016-10-18 Kerry Thaddeus Bowden Airsoft marking round
MX371432B (en) 2013-05-29 2020-01-30 Gruenenthal Gmbh Tamper-resistant dosage form containing one or more particles.
WO2014191396A1 (en) 2013-05-29 2014-12-04 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper resistant dosage form with bimodal release profile
KR20160031526A (en) 2013-07-12 2016-03-22 그뤼넨탈 게엠베하 Tamper-resistant dosage form containing ethylene-vinyl acetate polymer
NZ631142A (en) 2013-09-18 2016-03-31 Axikin Pharmaceuticals Inc Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of 3,5-diaminopyrazole kinase inhibitors
WO2015042375A1 (en) 2013-09-20 2015-03-26 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
MX371372B (en) 2013-11-26 2020-01-28 Gruenenthal Gmbh Preparation of a powdery pharmaceutical composition by means of cryo-milling.
EP3079659B1 (en) 2013-12-11 2020-10-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme B.V. Drug delivery system for delivery of anti-virals
US10413504B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2019-09-17 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Intravaginal ring drug delivery system
AU2014364930B2 (en) * 2013-12-16 2017-06-15 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Micromolded or 3-D printed pulsatile release vaccine formulations
JP6296371B2 (en) * 2013-12-23 2018-03-20 ウェン、シャオガンWEN, Xiaoguang Preparation method of bilayer tablet
JP6505721B2 (en) 2014-01-10 2019-04-24 ジョンソン・アンド・ジョンソン・コンシューマー・インコーポレイテッド Tablet manufacturing process using high frequency and lossy coated particles
US9375033B2 (en) 2014-02-14 2016-06-28 R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company Tobacco-containing gel composition
US20170066779A1 (en) 2014-03-05 2017-03-09 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc Solid forms of a flaviviridae virus inhibitor compound and salts thereof
DK3119762T3 (en) 2014-03-20 2021-08-30 Capella Therapeutics Inc BENZIMIDAZOLE DERIVATIVES AS ERBB-TYROSINE CHINASE INHIBITORS FOR THE TREATMENT OF CANCER
WO2015143161A1 (en) 2014-03-20 2015-09-24 Capella Therapeutics, Inc. Benzimidazole derivatives as erbb tyrosine kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
EP3142646A1 (en) 2014-05-12 2017-03-22 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper resistant immediate release capsule formulation comprising tapentadol
WO2015181059A1 (en) 2014-05-26 2015-12-03 Grünenthal GmbH Multiparticles safeguarded against ethanolic dose-dumping
US10729685B2 (en) 2014-09-15 2020-08-04 Ohemo Life Sciences Inc. Orally administrable compositions and methods of deterring abuse by intranasal administration
KR102034202B1 (en) 2014-12-23 2019-10-18 에스엠에이 세라퓨틱스 아이엔씨. 3,5-diaminopyrazole kinase inhibitor
WO2016116619A1 (en) * 2015-01-22 2016-07-28 Pfeifer & Langen GmbH & Co. KG Cellobiose-containing sugar mass
US10174275B2 (en) * 2015-01-30 2019-01-08 Follmann Gmbh & Co. Kg Thermally opening stable core/shell microcapsules
USD765828S1 (en) 2015-02-19 2016-09-06 Crossford International, Llc Chemical tablet
US9839212B2 (en) 2015-04-16 2017-12-12 Bio-Lab, Inc. Multicomponent and multilayer compacted tablets
EA035434B1 (en) 2015-04-24 2020-06-15 Грюненталь Гмбх Tamper-resistant dosage form with immediate release and resistance against solvent extraction
US10842750B2 (en) 2015-09-10 2020-11-24 Grünenthal GmbH Protecting oral overdose with abuse deterrent immediate release formulations
US20190022013A1 (en) 2015-12-19 2019-01-24 First Time Us Generics Llc Soft-chew tablet pharmaceutical formulations
CN108712900A (en) 2015-12-19 2018-10-26 第时间美国泛型药物有限公司 Soft chewable tablet pharmaceutical preparation
JP2017158534A (en) * 2016-03-07 2017-09-14 焼津水産化学工業株式会社 Manufacturing method of chip-like foods and chip-like foods
US20190076365A1 (en) * 2016-03-15 2019-03-14 Astellas Pharma Inc. Tablet
RU2019109633A (en) * 2016-09-09 2020-10-09 Мерк Патент Гмбх METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING SOLID PHARMACEUTICAL DOSAGE FORM
MX2019003039A (en) 2016-09-26 2019-07-08 Procter & Gamble Extended relief dosage form.
CN106945323B (en) * 2017-03-14 2018-11-02 常熟市双月机械有限公司 A kind of efficient metal powder hydraulic press
US10493026B2 (en) 2017-03-20 2019-12-03 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Inc. Process for making tablet using radiofrequency and lossy coated particles
US10604631B2 (en) * 2017-04-07 2020-03-31 The Procter & Gamble Company Water-soluble films
DE102017107845A1 (en) 2017-04-11 2018-10-11 Gelita Ag Gelatin product with a core component and process for its preparation
US11192139B2 (en) 2017-06-22 2021-12-07 The Procter & Gamble Company Films including a water-soluble layer and a vapor-deposited organic coating
CN110719968A (en) 2017-06-22 2020-01-21 宝洁公司 Film comprising a water-soluble layer and a vapor-deposited inorganic coating
US10537585B2 (en) 2017-12-18 2020-01-21 Dexcel Pharma Technologies Ltd. Compositions comprising dexamethasone
CA3090183C (en) * 2018-03-05 2021-06-01 Kashiv Biosciences, Llc Programmable pharmaceutical compositions for chrono drug release
EP3587467A1 (en) * 2018-06-25 2020-01-01 Rudolf GmbH Functional multi-walled core-shell particle
US20210259275A1 (en) * 2018-06-28 2021-08-26 Mars, Incorporated Improved edible ink formulations including calcium carbonate
KR102151342B1 (en) * 2019-03-18 2020-09-02 박문수 Oral capsule and manufacturing method of the same
CN110006918B (en) * 2019-04-17 2021-04-30 湖北三环锻造有限公司 Penetrant flaw detection agent for penetrant flaw detection process
CA3150979A1 (en) * 2019-09-12 2021-03-18 Nulixir Inc. Controlled release core-shell particles and suspensions including the same
IL299845A (en) 2020-07-15 2023-03-01 Schabar Res Associates Llc Unit oral dose compositions composed of ibuprofen and famotidine for the treatment of acute pain and the reduction of the severity and/or risk of heartburn
CA3124579A1 (en) 2020-07-15 2022-01-15 Schabar Research Associates Llc Unit oral dose compositions composed of naproxen sodium and famotidine for the treatment of acute pain and the reduction of the severity of heartburn and/or the risk of heartburn

Citations (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3185626A (en) * 1963-03-06 1965-05-25 Sterling Drug Inc Tablet coating method
US3760804A (en) * 1971-01-13 1973-09-25 Alza Corp Improved osmotic dispenser employing magnesium sulphate and magnesium chloride
US3823816A (en) * 1972-02-03 1974-07-16 Parke Davis & Co Water-soluble package
US4449983A (en) * 1982-03-22 1984-05-22 Alza Corporation Simultaneous delivery of two drugs from unit delivery device
US4511553A (en) * 1979-09-06 1985-04-16 Meggle Milchindustrie Gmbh & Co. Kg Coating process and agent for carrying out the process
US4543370A (en) * 1979-11-29 1985-09-24 Colorcon, Inc. Dry edible film coating composition, method and coating form
US4576604A (en) * 1983-03-04 1986-03-18 Alza Corporation Osmotic system with instant drug availability
US4643894A (en) * 1984-07-24 1987-02-17 Colorcon, Inc. Maltodextrin coating
US4683256A (en) * 1980-11-06 1987-07-28 Colorcon, Inc. Dry edible film coating composition, method and coating form
US4802924A (en) * 1986-06-19 1989-02-07 Colorcon, Inc. Coatings based on polydextrose for aqueous film coating of pharmaceutical food and confectionary products
US4816262A (en) * 1986-08-28 1989-03-28 Universite De Montreal Controlled release tablet
US4820524A (en) * 1987-02-20 1989-04-11 Mcneilab, Inc. Gelatin coated caplets and process for making same
US4828841A (en) * 1984-07-24 1989-05-09 Colorcon, Inc. Maltodextrin coating
US4906478A (en) * 1988-12-12 1990-03-06 Valentine Enterprises, Inc. Simethicone/calcium silicate composition
US5004614A (en) * 1988-08-26 1991-04-02 Forum Chemicals Ltd. Controlled release device with an impermeable coating having an orifice for release of drug
US5146730A (en) * 1989-09-20 1992-09-15 Banner Gelatin Products Corp. Film-enrobed unitary-core medicament and the like
US5582838A (en) * 1994-12-22 1996-12-10 Merck & Co., Inc. Controlled release drug suspension delivery device
US6110499A (en) * 1997-07-24 2000-08-29 Alza Corporation Phenytoin therapy
US6126987A (en) * 1997-07-24 2000-10-03 Boyer Corporation Process for the gelatin coating of medicaments
US6264985B1 (en) * 1994-09-06 2001-07-24 Lts Lohmann Therapie-Systeme Gmbh Laminated tablet with pointed core
US6322816B1 (en) * 1997-08-01 2001-11-27 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Fast-acting analgesic
US20020028240A1 (en) * 2000-04-17 2002-03-07 Toyohiro Sawada Timed-release compression-coated solid composition for oral administration
US6365185B1 (en) * 1998-03-26 2002-04-02 University Of Cincinnati Self-destructing, controlled release peroral drug delivery system
US20020051807A1 (en) * 2000-01-13 2002-05-02 Joaquina Faour Osmotic device containing alprazolam and an antipsychotic agent
US6471994B1 (en) * 1995-01-09 2002-10-29 Edward Mendell Co., Inc. Pharmaceutical excipient having improved compressibility
US6479551B1 (en) * 1996-11-12 2002-11-12 Pozen Inc. Treatment of migraine headache
US6696085B2 (en) * 1998-07-20 2004-02-24 Antares Pharma Ipl Ag Use of an acrylic type polymer as disintegrating agent
US20040062806A1 (en) * 2000-11-08 2004-04-01 Luigi Martini Process

Family Cites Families (411)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US231117A (en) * 1880-08-10 Folding boat
US231163A (en) * 1880-08-17 hamlin
US231129A (en) * 1880-08-10 wiesebrook
US231062A (en) * 1880-08-10 Felt hat
US3371136A (en) * 1968-02-27 United States Borax Chem Detergent tablet forming machine
US542614A (en) * 1895-07-09 Office
US582438A (en) * 1897-05-11 John scheidler
US231024A (en) * 1880-08-10 Machine for lining sheets of straw-board
US599865A (en) 1898-03-01 Emanuel l
US966450A (en) * 1909-06-18 1910-08-09 John W S Jones Couch or bed.
US966509A (en) * 1909-06-25 1910-08-09 Charles A Wulf Flushing-valve.
US967414A (en) * 1910-02-11 1910-08-16 William W Hallam Railway-rail.
US966939A (en) * 1910-05-02 1910-08-09 James V Mitchell Sash-lock.
US996497A (en) * 1911-03-30 1911-06-27 Kokomo Sanitary Mfg Co Tank-cover fastener.
US1036647A (en) 1911-06-19 1912-08-27 St Louis Briquette Machine Company Briquet-machine.
US1437816A (en) 1922-07-26 1922-12-05 Howard S Paine Process for preparing fondant or chocolate soft cream centers
US1505827A (en) * 1923-04-25 1924-08-19 Villasenor Eduardo Tablet-making machine
US1900012A (en) * 1925-09-04 1933-03-07 Western Cartridge Co Process of and apparatus for making wads
US2307371A (en) * 1941-08-13 1943-01-05 Ray O Vac Co Molding process
US2415997A (en) * 1946-01-12 1947-02-18 John W Eldred Article handling apparatus
US2823789A (en) * 1952-05-06 1958-02-18 Gilman Engineering & Mfg Corp Parts feeder ribbon
US2996431A (en) 1953-12-16 1961-08-15 Barry Richard Henry Friable tablet and process for manufacturing same
GB759081A (en) 1954-04-15 1956-10-10 John Holroyd And Company Ltd Improvements relating to machines for the production of coated tablets and the like
US2849965A (en) 1954-04-15 1958-09-02 John Holroyd & Company Ltd Machines for use in the production of coated tablets and the like
US2966431A (en) 1956-03-24 1960-12-27 Basf Ag Separation of filter material from carbon black
US2946298A (en) 1957-11-13 1960-07-26 Arthur Colton Company Compression coating tablet press
US2931276A (en) * 1958-02-10 1960-04-05 Jagenberg Werke Ag Methods of and means for producing, processing, and for treating articles
GB866681A (en) 1958-05-22 1961-04-26 May & Baker Ltd N-substituted piperidines
GB888038A (en) 1959-12-16 1962-01-24 William Warren Triggs C B E Medicinal tablet
GB936386A (en) 1959-01-16 1963-09-11 Wellcome Found Pellets for supplying biologically active substances to ruminants
US2963993A (en) 1959-01-20 1960-12-13 John Holroyd & Company Ltd Machines for making coated tablets by compression
US3096248A (en) 1959-04-06 1963-07-02 Rexall Drug & Chemical Company Method of making an encapsulated tablet
US3029752A (en) * 1959-07-20 1962-04-17 Stokes F J Corp Tablet making machine
GB972128A (en) * 1960-01-21 1964-10-07 Wellcome Found Pellets for supplying biologically active substances to ruminants and the manufacture of such pellets
GB990784A (en) * 1960-05-23 1965-05-05 Dunlop Rubber Co Improvements in or relating to balls
US3173876A (en) * 1960-05-27 1965-03-16 John C Zobrist Cleaning methods and compositions
GB994742A (en) 1960-09-09 1965-06-10 Wellcome Found Pharmaceutical tablets containing anthelmintics, and the manufacture thereof
US3108046A (en) 1960-11-25 1963-10-22 Smith Kline French Lab Method of preparing high dosage sustained release tablet and product of this method
NL271831A (en) * 1960-11-29
NL272604A (en) * 1960-12-28
US3430535A (en) * 1961-08-25 1969-03-04 Independent Lock Co Key cutter
BE636865A (en) * 1962-08-31
US3279995A (en) 1963-05-31 1966-10-18 Allen F Reid Shaped pellets
US3276586A (en) * 1963-08-30 1966-10-04 Rosaen Filter Co Indicating means for fluid filters
US3300063A (en) * 1965-01-25 1967-01-24 Mayer & Co Inc O Vacuum gripping apparatus
FR1603314A (en) * 1965-02-23 1971-04-05 Pharmaceutical tablets - having a core and a matrix material
US3328840A (en) * 1965-04-23 1967-07-04 Pentronix Inc Powder compacting press
US3279360A (en) 1965-09-13 1966-10-18 Miehle Goss Dexter Inc Machine for printing on cylindrical articles
US3330400A (en) 1966-03-08 1967-07-11 Miehle Goss Dexter Inc Mechanism for transferring cylindrical articles
GB1212535A (en) * 1966-10-12 1970-11-18 Shionogi & Co Method and apparatus for producing molded article
US3458968A (en) 1966-11-16 1969-08-05 Lester Gregory Jr Dispensing and feed mechanism
GB1144915A (en) * 1966-11-24 1969-03-12 Armour Pharma Improvements in or relating to pastille formulations
US3546142A (en) * 1967-01-19 1970-12-08 Amicon Corp Polyelectrolyte structures
US3656518A (en) * 1967-03-27 1972-04-18 Perry Ind Inc Method and apparatus for measuring and dispensing predetermined equal amounts of powdered material
US3563170A (en) * 1968-04-16 1971-02-16 Reynolds Metals Co Machine for marking the exterior cylindrical surfaces of cans in a continous nonidexing manner
US3605479A (en) 1968-05-08 1971-09-20 Textron Inc Forming press
US3584114A (en) 1968-05-22 1971-06-08 Hoffmann La Roche Free-flowing powders
SE335202B (en) * 1968-06-19 1971-05-17 Aco Laekemedel Ab
US3541006A (en) * 1968-07-03 1970-11-17 Amicon Corp Ultrafiltration process
FR1581088A (en) 1968-07-17 1969-09-12
US3567043A (en) * 1968-08-05 1971-03-02 Sun Chemical Corp Transfer assembly for use with container printing machines
US3627583A (en) * 1969-04-29 1971-12-14 Sucrest Corp Direct compression vehicles
US3604417A (en) * 1970-03-31 1971-09-14 Wayne Henry Linkenheimer Osmotic fluid reservoir for osmotically activated long-term continuous injector device
US3640654A (en) * 1970-06-25 1972-02-08 Wolverine Pentronix Die and punch assembly for compacting powder and method of assembly
US3832252A (en) * 1970-09-29 1974-08-27 T Higuchi Method of making a drug-delivery device
NL175029C (en) 1970-12-23 1984-09-17 Boehringer Sohn Ingelheim DEPOT DRAGEE, COVERED WITH AN INSOLUBLIC AND DESTRUCTIBLE SHELL, WHICH INCREASES A CUT IN ONE OR MORE PLACES.
US3811552A (en) * 1971-01-11 1974-05-21 Lilly Co Eli Capsule inspection apparatus and method
US3995631A (en) * 1971-01-13 1976-12-07 Alza Corporation Osmotic dispenser with means for dispensing active agent responsive to osmotic gradient
US3726622A (en) * 1971-08-20 1973-04-10 Wolverine Pentronix Compacting apparatus
DE2157465C3 (en) 1971-11-19 1975-04-24 Werner & Pfleiderer, 7000 Stuttgart Filling device for a hydraulic block press
GB1371244A (en) * 1971-12-09 1974-10-23 Howorth Air Conditioning Ltd Machines acting on continuously running textile yarns
US3975888A (en) 1972-04-26 1976-08-24 R. A. Jones & Company, Inc. Method and apparatus for forming, filling and sealing packages
US3851751A (en) 1972-04-26 1974-12-03 Jones & Co Inc R A Method and apparatus for forming, filling and sealing packages
US3845770A (en) * 1972-06-05 1974-11-05 Alza Corp Osmatic dispensing device for releasing beneficial agent
US3912441A (en) 1972-12-13 1975-10-14 Yasuo Shimada Compressing roll in rotary power compression molding machine
US3851638A (en) 1973-02-02 1974-12-03 Kam Act Enterprises Inc Force multiplying type archery bow
DE2309202A1 (en) * 1973-02-21 1974-08-29 Schering Ag MEDICINAL FORMS WITH MICRO-ENCAPSULATED MEDICINAL ACTIVE
US3832525A (en) * 1973-03-26 1974-08-27 Raymond Lee Organization Inc Automatic heating device to prevent freezing of water supply lines
US3916899A (en) * 1973-04-25 1975-11-04 Alza Corp Osmotic dispensing device with maximum and minimum sizes for the passageway
US3884143A (en) * 1973-09-04 1975-05-20 Hartnett Co R W Conveyor link for tablet printing apparatus
DE2401419A1 (en) 1974-01-12 1975-07-17 Bosch Gmbh Robert VEHICLE WITH A HYDROSTATIC AND MECHANICAL DRIVE
US3891375A (en) 1974-01-21 1975-06-24 Vector Corp Tablet press
GB1497044A (en) * 1974-03-07 1978-01-05 Prodotti Antibiotici Spa Salts of phenyl-alkanoic acids
US3988403A (en) * 1974-07-09 1976-10-26 Union Carbide Corporation Process for producing molded structural foam article having a surface that reproducibly and faithfully replicates the surface of the mold
US4139589A (en) 1975-02-26 1979-02-13 Monique Beringer Process for the manufacture of a multi-zone tablet and tablet manufactured by this process
US4230693A (en) * 1975-04-21 1980-10-28 Armour-Dial, Inc. Antacid tablets and processes for their preparation
FR2312247A1 (en) * 1975-05-30 1976-12-24 Parcor THIENO-PYRIDINE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS
US4097606A (en) * 1975-10-08 1978-06-27 Bristol-Myers Company APAP Tablet containing an alkali metal carboxymethylated starch and processes for manufacturing same
US4077407A (en) * 1975-11-24 1978-03-07 Alza Corporation Osmotic devices having composite walls
SE414386B (en) 1976-03-10 1980-07-28 Aco Laekemedel Ab VIEW TO PREPARE AND AT THE SAME PACKAGE PHARMACEUTICAL DOSAGE UNITS
GB1548022A (en) 1976-10-06 1979-07-04 Wyeth John & Brother Ltd Pharmaceutial dosage forms
US4111202A (en) 1976-11-22 1978-09-05 Alza Corporation Osmotic system for the controlled and delivery of agent over time
US4218433A (en) * 1977-03-03 1980-08-19 Nippon Kayaku Kabushiki Kaisha Constant-rate eluting tablet and method of producing same
US4139627A (en) * 1977-10-06 1979-02-13 Beecham Inc. Anesthetic lozenges
DE2752971C2 (en) * 1977-11-28 1982-08-19 Lev Nikolaevič Moskva Koškin Injection molding machine for the production of injection molded parts from thermoplastic materials
GB2030042A (en) * 1978-09-21 1980-04-02 Beecham Group Ltd Antacid fondant
DE2849494A1 (en) 1978-11-15 1980-05-29 Voss Gunter M METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF MEDICINAL FORMS
US4173626A (en) * 1978-12-11 1979-11-06 Merck & Co., Inc. Sustained release indomethacin
US4198390A (en) 1979-01-31 1980-04-15 Rider Joseph A Simethicone antacid tablet
US4304232A (en) * 1979-03-14 1981-12-08 Alza Corporation Unit system having multiplicity of means for dispensing useful agent
US4271142A (en) * 1979-06-18 1981-06-02 Life Savers, Inc. Portable liquid antacids
US4286497A (en) * 1979-06-18 1981-09-01 Shamah Alfred A Ratchet-securable toggle retainer
JPS5827162B2 (en) 1979-08-24 1983-06-08 株式会社ヤクルト本社 Constant speed transport mechanism
NL7906689A (en) * 1979-09-06 1981-03-10 Dawsonville Corp Nv TATTOO.
US4271206A (en) 1979-10-26 1981-06-02 General Foods Corporation Gasified candy having a predetermined shape
US4273793A (en) * 1979-10-26 1981-06-16 General Foods Corporation Apparatus and process for the preparation of gasified confectionaries by pressurized injection molding
US4318746A (en) * 1980-01-08 1982-03-09 Ipco Corporation Highly stable gel, its use and manufacture
US4473526A (en) 1980-01-23 1984-09-25 Eugen Buhler Method of manufacturing dry-pressed molded articles
US4292017A (en) * 1980-07-09 1981-09-29 Doepel Wallace A Apparatus for compressing tablets
US4362757A (en) 1980-10-22 1982-12-07 Amstar Corporation Crystallized, readily water dispersible sugar product containing heat sensitive, acidic or high invert sugar substances
FR2492661A1 (en) * 1980-10-28 1982-04-30 Laruelle Claude NOVEL GALENIC FORM OF ADMINISTRATION OF METOCLOPRAMIDE, ITS PREPARATION METHOD AND MEDICINAL PRODUCT COMPRISING THIS NOVEL FORM
US4327076A (en) * 1980-11-17 1982-04-27 Life Savers, Inc. Compressed chewable antacid tablet and method for forming same
US4327725A (en) * 1980-11-25 1982-05-04 Alza Corporation Osmotic device with hydrogel driving member
US4340054A (en) * 1980-12-29 1982-07-20 Alza Corporation Dispenser for delivering fluids and solids
US5002970A (en) * 1981-07-31 1991-03-26 Eby Iii George A Flavor masked ionizable zinc compositions for oral absorption
IE53102B1 (en) * 1981-05-12 1988-06-22 Ici Plc Pharmaceutical spiro-succinimide derivatives
US4372942A (en) 1981-08-13 1983-02-08 Beecham Inc. Candy base and liquid center hard candy made therefrom
DE3144678A1 (en) 1981-11-10 1983-05-19 Eugen Dipl.-Ing. 8871 Burtenbach Bühler METHOD AND DEVICE FOR THE PRODUCTION OF MOLDINGS FROM A GIANT CAPABILITY
JPS58152813A (en) * 1982-03-08 1983-09-10 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Tablet having clear carved seal and its preparation
DK151608C (en) * 1982-08-13 1988-06-20 Benzon As Alfred PROCEDURE FOR PREPARING A PHARMACEUTICAL PERORAL POLYDEPOT PREPARATION WITH CONTROLLED RELEASE
US4517205A (en) * 1983-01-03 1985-05-14 Nabisco Brands, Inc. Co-deposited two-component hard candy
US4882167A (en) * 1983-05-31 1989-11-21 Jang Choong Gook Dry direct compression compositions for controlled release dosage forms
US4533345A (en) * 1983-06-14 1985-08-06 Fertility & Genetics Associates Uterine catheter
FR2548675B1 (en) * 1983-07-06 1987-01-09 Seppic Sa FILM-FORMING COMPOSITIONS FOR COATING SOLID FORMS OF PHARMACEUTICAL OR FOOD PRODUCTS AND PRODUCTS OBTAINED COATED WITH SUCH COMPOSITIONS
US4749575A (en) * 1983-10-03 1988-06-07 Bio-Dar Ltd. Microencapsulated medicament in sweet matrix
US4781714A (en) * 1983-11-02 1988-11-01 Alza Corporation Dispenser for delivering thermo-responsive composition
AU591171B2 (en) 1983-11-02 1989-11-30 Alza Corporation Dispenser for delivering thermo-responsive composition
NL194820C (en) 1983-11-02 2003-04-03 Alza Corp Preparation for the release of a heat-reacting composition.
DE3404108A1 (en) * 1984-02-07 1985-08-14 Kilian & Co GmbH, 5000 Köln TABLET PRESS
US4518335A (en) * 1984-03-14 1985-05-21 Allied Corporation Dilatant mold and dilatant molding apparatus
US4564525A (en) 1984-03-30 1986-01-14 Mitchell Cheryl R Confection products
JPS60217106A (en) 1984-04-12 1985-10-30 高橋 信之 Inorganic-powder freezing molding method
US4661521A (en) * 1984-04-30 1987-04-28 Mallinckrodt, Inc. Direct tableting acetaminophen compositions
US4528335A (en) * 1984-05-18 1985-07-09 Phillips Petroleum Company Polymer blends
US4666212A (en) * 1984-06-15 1987-05-19 Crucible S.A. Metal value recovery
US4610884A (en) * 1984-06-29 1986-09-09 The Procter & Gamble Company Confectionery cremes
US4894234A (en) * 1984-10-05 1990-01-16 Sharma Shri C Novel drug delivery system for antiarrhythmics
JPS61100519A (en) * 1984-10-23 1986-05-19 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Hard capsule for drug
US4684534A (en) * 1985-02-19 1987-08-04 Dynagram Corporation Of America Quick-liquifying, chewable tablet
US4874614A (en) * 1985-03-25 1989-10-17 Abbott Laboratories Pharmaceutical tableting method
US4627971A (en) * 1985-04-22 1986-12-09 Alza Corporation Osmotic device with self-sealing passageway
CA1234717A (en) * 1985-06-28 1988-04-05 Leslie F. Knebl Moist chewing gum composition
GB8517073D0 (en) 1985-07-05 1985-08-14 Hepworth Iron Co Ltd Pipe pipe couplings &c
GB8518301D0 (en) * 1985-07-19 1985-08-29 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co Hydrodynamically explosive systems
DK8603837A (en) * 1985-08-13 1987-02-14
US4665116A (en) 1985-08-28 1987-05-12 Turtle Wax, Inc. Clear cleaner/polish composition
US4663147A (en) 1985-09-03 1987-05-05 International Minerals & Chemical Corp. Disc-like sustained release formulation
US5188840A (en) * 1985-09-26 1993-02-23 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Slow-release pharmaceutical agent
US4898733A (en) * 1985-11-04 1990-02-06 International Minerals & Chemical Corp. Layered, compression molded device for the sustained release of a beneficial agent
US4853249A (en) 1985-11-15 1989-08-01 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Method of preparing sustained-release pharmaceutical/preparation
US5229164A (en) * 1985-12-19 1993-07-20 Capsoid Pharma Gmbh Process for producing individually dosed administration forms
DE3601516A1 (en) * 1986-01-20 1987-07-23 Agie Ag Ind Elektronik PHOTOELECTRIC BARRIER
JPS62230600A (en) 1986-03-31 1987-10-09 東洋ゴム工業株式会社 Forklift with expansible fork
DE3610878A1 (en) * 1986-04-01 1987-10-08 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg PELLET SHAPES
US4873231A (en) 1986-04-08 1989-10-10 Smith Walton J Decreasing the toxicity of an ibuprofen salt
SE8601624D0 (en) * 1986-04-11 1986-04-11 Haessle Ab NEW PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS
US4857330A (en) * 1986-04-17 1989-08-15 Alza Corporation Chlorpheniramine therapy
US4960416A (en) * 1986-04-30 1990-10-02 Alza Corporation Dosage form with improved delivery capability
GB2189698A (en) 1986-04-30 1987-11-04 Haessle Ab Coated omeprazole tablets
GB2189699A (en) * 1986-04-30 1987-11-04 Haessle Ab Coated acid-labile medicaments
US5200196A (en) * 1986-05-09 1993-04-06 Alza Corporation Improvement in pulsed drug therapy
IE58401B1 (en) * 1986-06-20 1993-09-08 Elan Corp Plc Controlled absorption pharmaceutical composition
US4757090A (en) 1986-07-14 1988-07-12 Mallinckrodt, Inc. Direct tableting acetaminophen compositions
US4762719A (en) * 1986-08-07 1988-08-09 Mark Forester Powder filled cough product
DE3629994A1 (en) 1986-09-03 1988-03-17 Weissenbacher Ernst Rainer Pro Device for administration of medicaments in body cavities or on body surfaces
US4803076A (en) 1986-09-04 1989-02-07 Pfizer Inc. Controlled release device for an active substance
CA1290526C (en) 1986-11-07 1991-10-15 Marianne Wieser Mold and die operation
DE3640574A1 (en) 1986-11-27 1988-06-09 Katjes Fassin Gmbh & Co Kg METHOD FOR PRODUCING AN EDIBLE PRALINE-SHAPED PRODUCT AND DEVICE FOR IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD
US4828845A (en) * 1986-12-16 1989-05-09 Warner-Lambert Company Xylitol coated comestible and method of preparation
IT1201136B (en) 1987-01-13 1989-01-27 Resa Farma TABLET FOR PHARMACEUTICAL USE SUITABLE FOR THE RELEASE OF SUBSTANCES OF ACTIVE SUBSTANCES
US4801461A (en) 1987-01-28 1989-01-31 Alza Corporation Pseudoephedrine dosage form
US5200193A (en) * 1987-04-22 1993-04-06 Mcneilab, Inc. Pharmaceutical sustained release matrix and process
US4808413A (en) * 1987-04-28 1989-02-28 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions in the form of beadlets and method
US4792448A (en) * 1987-06-11 1988-12-20 Pfizer Inc. Generic zero order controlled drug delivery system
US4813818A (en) 1987-08-25 1989-03-21 Michael Sanzone Apparatus and method for feeding powdered materials
US4978483A (en) 1987-09-28 1990-12-18 Redding Bruce K Apparatus and method for making microcapsules
US4996061A (en) * 1987-10-07 1991-02-26 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pharmaceutical composition for piperidinoalkanol-decongestant combination
US4851226A (en) 1987-11-16 1989-07-25 Mcneil Consumer Products Company Chewable medicament tablet containing means for taste masking
US4894236A (en) 1988-01-12 1990-01-16 Choong-Gook Jang Direct compression tablet binders for acetaminophen
CA1330886C (en) 1988-01-22 1994-07-26 Bend Research Inc. Osmotic system for delivery of dilute solutions
CH676470A5 (en) * 1988-02-03 1991-01-31 Nestle Sa
US4929446A (en) * 1988-04-19 1990-05-29 American Cyanamid Company Unit dosage form
US5279660A (en) * 1988-05-24 1994-01-18 Berol Nobel Stenungsund Ab Use of viscosity-adjusting agent to counteract viscosity decrease upon temperature increase of a water-based system
US4999226A (en) * 1988-06-01 1991-03-12 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions for piperidinoalkanol-ibuprofen combination
DE3822095A1 (en) * 1988-06-30 1990-01-04 Klinge Co Chem Pharm Fab NEW MEDICAMENT FORMULATION AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF
WO1990002546A1 (en) * 1988-09-09 1990-03-22 The Ronald T. Dodge Company Pharmaceuticals microencapsulated by vapor deposited polymers and method
US5194464A (en) * 1988-09-27 1993-03-16 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Enteric film and preparatoin thereof
JPH0816051B2 (en) * 1988-12-07 1996-02-21 エスエス製薬株式会社 Sustained release suppositories
US4984240A (en) * 1988-12-22 1991-01-08 Codex Corporation Distributed switching architecture for communication module redundancy
US5610214A (en) * 1988-12-29 1997-03-11 Deknatel Technology Corporation, Inc. Method for increasing the rate of absorption of polycaprolactone
US5030452A (en) * 1989-01-12 1991-07-09 Pfizer Inc. Dispensing devices powered by lyotropic liquid crystals
IL92966A (en) * 1989-01-12 1995-07-31 Pfizer Dispensing devices powered by hydrogel
US5032406A (en) * 1989-02-21 1991-07-16 Norwich Eaton Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dual-action tablet
US5006297A (en) * 1989-02-22 1991-04-09 Acushnet Company Method of molding polyurethane covered golf balls
US4956182A (en) 1989-03-16 1990-09-11 Bristol-Myers Company Direct compression cholestyramine tablet and solvent-free coating therefor
US4931286A (en) * 1989-04-19 1990-06-05 Aqualon Company High gloss cellulose tablet coating
NZ233403A (en) * 1989-04-28 1992-09-25 Mcneil Ppc Inc Simulated capsule-like medicament
US4990535A (en) * 1989-05-03 1991-02-05 Schering Corporation Pharmaceutical composition comprising loratadine, ibuprofen and pseudoephedrine
US4960169A (en) * 1989-06-20 1990-10-02 Modien Manufacturing Co. Baffle for tubular heat exchanger header
US4992277A (en) * 1989-08-25 1991-02-12 Schering Corporation Immediate release diltiazem formulation
EP0419410A3 (en) * 1989-09-19 1991-08-14 Ciba-Geigy Ag Alkanophenones
DK469989D0 (en) * 1989-09-22 1989-09-22 Bukh Meditec PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATION
US5223264A (en) * 1989-10-02 1993-06-29 Cima Labs, Inc. Pediatric effervescent dosage form
US5178878A (en) * 1989-10-02 1993-01-12 Cima Labs, Inc. Effervescent dosage form with microparticles
US5275822A (en) * 1989-10-19 1994-01-04 Valentine Enterprises, Inc. Defoaming composition
JPH03139496A (en) * 1989-10-25 1991-06-13 Sanshin Ind Co Ltd Ship propulsion machinery
US5169645A (en) 1989-10-31 1992-12-08 Duquesne University Of The Holy Ghost Directly compressible granules having improved flow properties
FR2655266B1 (en) * 1989-12-05 1992-04-03 Smith Kline French Lab CIMETIDINE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS.
US5223266A (en) 1990-01-24 1993-06-29 Alza Corporation Long-term delivery device with early startup
US5100676A (en) * 1990-02-02 1992-03-31 Biosurface Technology, Inc. Cool storage of cultured epithelial sheets
US5158777A (en) * 1990-02-16 1992-10-27 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Captopril formulation providing increased duration of activity
US4980169A (en) * 1990-05-03 1990-12-25 Warner-Lambert Company Flavor enhancing and increasing efficacy of cough drops
US4983394A (en) * 1990-05-03 1991-01-08 Warner-Lambert Company Flavor enhancing and medicinal taste masking agent
US5213738A (en) 1990-05-15 1993-05-25 L. Perrigo Company Method for making a capsule-shaped tablet
US5089270A (en) * 1990-05-15 1992-02-18 L. Perrigo Company Capsule-shaped tablet
US5075114A (en) * 1990-05-23 1991-12-24 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Taste masking and sustained release coatings for pharmaceuticals
US5464631A (en) * 1990-06-27 1995-11-07 Warner-Lambert Company Encapsulated dosage forms
US5133892A (en) 1990-10-17 1992-07-28 Lever Brothers Company, Division Of Conopco, Inc. Machine dishwashing detergent tablets
US5436026A (en) * 1990-11-05 1995-07-25 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Discharge and transfer system for apparatus for gelatin coating tablets
US5503673A (en) * 1990-11-05 1996-04-02 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc Apparatus for dip coating product
US5538125A (en) * 1990-11-05 1996-07-23 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Indexing and feeding systems for apparatus for gelatin coating tablets
US5228916A (en) * 1990-11-05 1993-07-20 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Apparatus for creating a gelatin coating
US5683719A (en) * 1990-11-22 1997-11-04 British Technology Group Limited Controlled release compositions
US5098715A (en) * 1990-12-20 1992-03-24 Burroughs Wellcome Co. Flavored film-coated tablet
US5232706A (en) 1990-12-31 1993-08-03 Esteve Quimica, S.A. Oral pharmaceutical preparation containing omeprazol
DE4101873C2 (en) * 1991-01-23 1993-12-09 Isis Pharma Gmbh Orally administrable drug form for the treatment of central dopamine deficiency states
US5378475A (en) 1991-02-21 1995-01-03 University Of Kentucky Research Foundation Sustained release drug delivery devices
NZ241613A (en) * 1991-02-27 1993-06-25 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Highlighting intagliations in tablets
CA2061520C (en) * 1991-03-27 2003-04-22 Lawrence J. Daher Delivery system for enhanced onset and increased potency
US5286497A (en) * 1991-05-20 1994-02-15 Carderm Capital L.P. Diltiazem formulation
CA2068402C (en) * 1991-06-14 1998-09-22 Michael R. Hoy Taste mask coatings for preparation of chewable pharmaceutical tablets
YU48263B (en) 1991-06-17 1997-09-30 Byk Gulden Lomberg Chemische Fabrik Gmbh. PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING PANTOPRAZOLE PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCT
US5314696A (en) * 1991-06-27 1994-05-24 Paulos Manley A Methods for making and administering a blinded oral dosage form and blinded oral dosage form therefor
US5252338A (en) * 1991-06-27 1993-10-12 Alza Corporation Therapy delayed
US5190927A (en) * 1991-07-09 1993-03-02 Merck & Co., Inc. High-glyceryl, low-acetyl gellan gum for non-brittle gels
US5326570A (en) * 1991-07-23 1994-07-05 Pharmavene, Inc. Advanced drug delivery system and method of treating psychiatric, neurological and other disorders with carbamazepine
US5200191A (en) * 1991-09-11 1993-04-06 Banner Gelatin Products Corp. Softgel manufacturing process
US5405617A (en) * 1991-11-07 1995-04-11 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Aliphatic or fatty acid esters as a solventless carrier for pharmaceuticals
US5407686A (en) * 1991-11-27 1995-04-18 Sidmak Laboratories, Inc. Sustained release composition for oral administration of active ingredient
DK171536B1 (en) 1991-12-06 1996-12-23 Rasmussen Kann Ind As Window with frame of extruded profile items
US5200195A (en) * 1991-12-06 1993-04-06 Alza Corporation Process for improving dosage form delivery kinetics
US5200194A (en) * 1991-12-18 1993-04-06 Alza Corporation Oral osmotic device
GB2284760B (en) * 1993-11-23 1998-06-24 Euro Celtique Sa A method of preparing pharmaceutical compositions by melt pelletisation
WO1993014158A1 (en) 1992-01-17 1993-07-22 Berwind Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. Film coatings and film coating compositions based on cellulosic polymers and lactose
US5427614A (en) * 1992-02-14 1995-06-27 Warner-Lambert Company Starch based formulations
US5209746A (en) * 1992-02-18 1993-05-11 Alza Corporation Osmotically driven delivery devices with pulsatile effect
US5221278A (en) * 1992-03-12 1993-06-22 Alza Corporation Osmotically driven delivery device with expandable orifice for pulsatile delivery effect
US5656296A (en) * 1992-04-29 1997-08-12 Warner-Lambert Company Dual control sustained release drug delivery systems and methods for preparing same
US5260068A (en) * 1992-05-04 1993-11-09 Anda Sr Pharmaceuticals Inc. Multiparticulate pulsatile drug delivery system
GR1002332B (en) 1992-05-21 1996-05-16 Mcneil-Ppc Inc. Novel simethicone containing pharmaceutical compositions.
EP0572731A1 (en) 1992-06-01 1993-12-08 The Procter & Gamble Company Chewable preparation containing a decongestant
US5317849A (en) 1992-08-07 1994-06-07 Sauter Manufacturing Corporation Encapsulation equipment and method
IT1255522B (en) 1992-09-24 1995-11-09 Ubaldo Conte COMPRESSED FOR THERAPEUTIC USE SUITABLE FOR SELLING ONE OR MORE ACTIVE SUBSTANCES WITH DIFFERENT SPEEDS
WO1994007470A1 (en) * 1992-09-30 1994-04-14 Pfizer Inc. Article containing a core and a coating having a non constant thickness
CA2150119C (en) * 1992-11-30 2005-03-15 Robert C. Cuca Tastemasked pharmaceutical materials
US5375963A (en) 1993-01-19 1994-12-27 Wohlwend; Clayton E. Multipurpose lifting apparatus
TW272942B (en) * 1993-02-10 1996-03-21 Takeda Pharm Industry Co Ltd
US5391378A (en) * 1993-02-22 1995-02-21 Elizabeth-Hata International, Inc. Two-part medicinal tablet and method of manufacture
JP2524955B2 (en) 1993-04-22 1996-08-14 トーワ株式会社 Method and apparatus for resin sealing molding of electronic parts
EP0621032B1 (en) 1993-04-23 2000-08-09 Novartis AG Controlled release drug delivery device
IL119660A (en) 1993-05-10 2002-09-12 Euro Celtique Sa Controlled release formulation comprising tramadol
US5415868A (en) 1993-06-09 1995-05-16 L. Perrigo Company Caplets with gelatin cover and process for making same
JP3054989B2 (en) * 1993-06-19 2000-06-19 八幡 貞男 Insulated expression container
IT1264855B1 (en) 1993-06-21 1996-10-17 Zambon Spa PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING S (+) - 2- (4-ISOBUTYLPHENYL) PROPIONIC ACID SALTS WITH BASIC AMINO ACIDS
ZA944949B (en) 1993-07-12 1995-04-05 Smithkline Beecham Corp Matrix-entrapped beadlet preparation
WO1995006462A1 (en) * 1993-08-30 1995-03-09 Warner-Lambert Company Tablet coating based on a melt-spun mixture of a saccharide and apolymer
US5622719A (en) * 1993-09-10 1997-04-22 Fuisz Technologies Ltd. Process and apparatus for making rapidly dissolving dosage units and product therefrom
US5518551A (en) * 1993-09-10 1996-05-21 Fuisz Technologies Ltd. Spheroidal crystal sugar and method of making
US5397574A (en) * 1993-10-04 1995-03-14 Andrx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Controlled release potassium dosage form
US5433951A (en) * 1993-10-13 1995-07-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Sustained release formulation containing captopril and method
US5500227A (en) * 1993-11-23 1996-03-19 Euro-Celtique, S.A. Immediate release tablet cores of insoluble drugs having sustained-release coating
DE4341442C2 (en) * 1993-12-04 1998-11-05 Lohmann Therapie Syst Lts Device for the controlled release of active substances and their use
US5458887A (en) * 1994-03-02 1995-10-17 Andrx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Controlled release tablet formulation
US6060639A (en) * 1994-03-04 2000-05-09 Mentor Corporation Testicular prosthesis and method of manufacturing and filling
US5453920A (en) * 1994-03-08 1995-09-26 Eubanks; William W. Trouble light having a shroud with see-through opening
US5559110A (en) 1994-03-09 1996-09-24 The Dupont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Pharmaceutical formulations of cyclic urea type compounds
JPH07281423A (en) * 1994-04-07 1995-10-27 Konica Corp Plate making method of printing plate
US5464633A (en) 1994-05-24 1995-11-07 Jagotec Ag Pharmaceutical tablets releasing the active substance after a definite period of time
US6020002A (en) * 1994-06-14 2000-02-01 Fuisz Technologies Ltd. Delivery of controlled-release system(s)
DE69535889D1 (en) 1994-07-08 2009-01-02 Astrazeneca Ab Tableted dosage form composed of many individual units
SE9402431D0 (en) * 1994-07-08 1994-07-08 Astra Ab New tablet formulation
US5788979A (en) * 1994-07-22 1998-08-04 Inflow Dynamics Inc. Biodegradable coating with inhibitory properties for application to biocompatible materials
IT1274034B (en) * 1994-07-26 1997-07-14 Applied Pharma Res PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS BASED ON RUBBER TO BE CHEWED AND PROCEDURE FOR THEIR PREPARATION
US5849327A (en) 1994-07-29 1998-12-15 Advanced Polymer Systems, Inc. Delivery of drugs to the lower gastrointestinal tract
WO1996004128A1 (en) * 1994-08-03 1996-02-15 Voss Gunter M Method or producing coated tablets
DE9414065U1 (en) * 1994-08-31 1994-11-03 Roehm Gmbh Thermoplastic plastic for pharmaceutical casings soluble in intestinal juice
US5733575A (en) * 1994-10-07 1998-03-31 Bpsi Holdings, Inc. Enteric film coating compositions, method of coating therewith, and coated forms
US5614578A (en) 1994-10-28 1997-03-25 Alza Corporation Injection-molded dosage form
US5738875A (en) * 1994-10-28 1998-04-14 R.P. Scherer Corporation Process for preparing solid pharmaceutical dosage forms
US5593696A (en) 1994-11-21 1997-01-14 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Stabilized composition of famotidine and sucralfate for treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
US5756123A (en) * 1994-12-01 1998-05-26 Japan Elanco Co., Ltd. Capsule shell
US5626896A (en) * 1994-12-09 1997-05-06 A.E. Staley Manufacturing Co. Method for making liquid-centered jelly candies
DE4446468A1 (en) * 1994-12-23 1996-06-27 Basf Ag Process for the production of coated tablets
ES2094694B1 (en) * 1995-02-01 1997-12-16 Esteve Quimica Sa NEW PHARMACEUTICALLY STABLE FORMULATION OF A COMPOUND OF BENZMIDAZOLE AND ITS PROCESS OF OBTAINING.
ES2124956T3 (en) * 1995-02-07 1999-02-16 Hermann Kronseder TRANSPORTATION STAR FOR CONTAINERS.
SE9500478D0 (en) 1995-02-09 1995-02-09 Astra Ab New pharmaceutical formulation and process
US5736159A (en) * 1995-04-28 1998-04-07 Andrx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Controlled release formulation for water insoluble drugs in which a passageway is formed in situ
US5558879A (en) * 1995-04-28 1996-09-24 Andrx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Controlled release formulation for water soluble drugs in which a passageway is formed in situ
US5827874A (en) 1995-05-05 1998-10-27 Meyer; Hans Methods of treating pain and inflammation with proline
KR19990008430A (en) 1995-05-09 1999-01-25 피터 존스 팔슨즈 Powder coating composition for electrostatic coating of medicines
DE59601245D1 (en) * 1995-05-13 1999-03-18 Hermann Kronseder Transport star for vessels
US5627971A (en) 1995-06-01 1997-05-06 Northern Telecom Limited Machine method for determining the eligibility of links in a network
US5654005A (en) * 1995-06-07 1997-08-05 Andrx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Controlled release formulation having a preformed passageway
US5578336A (en) * 1995-06-07 1996-11-26 Monte; Woodrow C. Confection carrier for vitamins, enzymes, phytochemicals and ailmentary vegetable compositions and method of making
CA2223768A1 (en) 1995-06-09 1996-12-27 R.P. Scherer Corporation Suspension and soft gelatin capsules containing particulate matter
US5614207A (en) 1995-06-30 1997-03-25 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Dry mouth lozenge
GB9517031D0 (en) * 1995-08-19 1995-10-25 Procter & Gamble Confection compositions
EP0854718B1 (en) * 1995-09-21 2004-03-10 Pharma Pass II LLC Novel composition containing an acid-labile benzimidazole and process for its preparation
AUPN605795A0 (en) * 1995-10-19 1995-11-09 F.H. Faulding & Co. Limited Analgesic pharmaceutical composition
DE19539361A1 (en) 1995-10-23 1997-04-24 Basf Ag Process for the preparation of multilayer, solid pharmaceutical forms for oral or rectal administration
IT1279673B1 (en) * 1995-11-07 1997-12-16 Acma Spa EQUIPMENT AND METHOD FOR THE FORMATION OF ORDERED GROUPS OF PRODUCTS TO BE FOOD BY STEP.
US5733578A (en) * 1995-11-15 1998-03-31 Edward Mendell Co., Inc. Directly compressible high load acetaminophen formulations
US5807579A (en) 1995-11-16 1998-09-15 F.H. Faulding & Co. Limited Pseudoephedrine combination pharmaceutical compositions
JP3220373B2 (en) * 1995-11-28 2001-10-22 バイエル薬品株式会社 Long-acting nifedipine preparation
US6489346B1 (en) 1996-01-04 2002-12-03 The Curators Of The University Of Missouri Substituted benzimidazole dosage forms and method of using same
SE9600071D0 (en) 1996-01-08 1996-01-08 Astra Ab New oral formulation of two active ingredients I
SE9600070D0 (en) 1996-01-08 1996-01-08 Astra Ab New oral pharmaceutical dosage forms
US5879728A (en) * 1996-01-29 1999-03-09 Warner-Lambert Company Chewable confectionary composition and method of preparing same
IT1282576B1 (en) * 1996-02-06 1998-03-31 Jagotec Ag PHARMACEUTICAL TABLET SUITABLE TO GIVE THE ACTIVE SUBSTANCE IN SUBSEQUENT AND PREDETERMINABLE TIMES
US6245351B1 (en) * 1996-03-07 2001-06-12 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Controlled-release composition
US5711691A (en) * 1996-05-13 1998-01-27 Air Packaging Technologies, Inc. Self-closing and self-sealing valve device for use with inflatable structures
US5827535A (en) 1996-06-21 1998-10-27 Banner Pharmacaps, Inc. Graphically impressed softgel and method for making same
US5797898A (en) 1996-07-02 1998-08-25 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Microchip drug delivery devices
US5824338A (en) 1996-08-19 1998-10-20 L. Perrigo Company Caplet and gelatin covering therefor
US5916881A (en) * 1996-10-07 1999-06-29 Kabushiki Kaisha Hayashibara Seibutsu Kagaku Kenkyujo High trehalose content syrup
US5807580A (en) 1996-10-30 1998-09-15 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Film coated tablet compositions having enhanced disintegration characteristics
GB9624110D0 (en) * 1996-11-20 1997-01-08 Molins Plc Transferring rod like articles
US5830801A (en) * 1997-01-02 1998-11-03 Motorola, Inc. Resistless methods of gate formation in MOS devices
DE19710213A1 (en) * 1997-03-12 1998-09-17 Basf Ag Process for the manufacture of solid combination dosage forms
US5837301A (en) 1997-04-28 1998-11-17 Husky Injection Molding Systems Ltd. Injection molding machine having a high speed turret
US6210710B1 (en) * 1997-04-28 2001-04-03 Hercules Incorporated Sustained release polymer blend for pharmaceutical applications
AU7375598A (en) * 1997-05-09 1998-11-27 Sage Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Stable oral pharmaceutical dosage forms
US6149939A (en) 1997-05-09 2000-11-21 Strumor; Mathew A. Healthful dissolvable oral tablets, and mini-bars
US6433015B1 (en) * 1997-06-25 2002-08-13 Ipr-Institute For Pharmaceutical Research Ag Method for reducing body weight
TR199903280T2 (en) * 1997-07-01 2000-11-21 Pfizer Inc. Sertraline salts and sustained-release dosage forms of sertraline.
ES2235337T3 (en) 1997-07-09 2005-07-01 Swiss Caps Rechte Und Lizenzen Ag PROCEDURE AND DEVICE FOR MANUFACTURING A MULTI-PATH PHARMACEUTICAL FORM, PHYSIOLOGICALLY TOLERABLE.
US6103260A (en) 1997-07-17 2000-08-15 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Simethicone/anhydrous calcium phosphate compositions
US6174548B1 (en) 1998-08-28 2001-01-16 Andrx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Omeprazole formulation
US6096340A (en) 1997-11-14 2000-08-01 Andrx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Omeprazole formulation
US6602522B1 (en) 1997-11-14 2003-08-05 Andrx Pharmaceuticals L.L.C. Pharmaceutical formulation for acid-labile compounds
ATE216220T1 (en) * 1997-12-05 2002-05-15 Alza Corp OSMOTIC DOSAGE FORM WITH TWO LAYERS
US6485748B1 (en) * 1997-12-12 2002-11-26 Andrx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Once daily pharmaceutical tablet having a unitary core
US6022554A (en) * 1997-12-15 2000-02-08 American Home Products Corporation Polymeric microporous film coated subcutaneous implant
IL136831A0 (en) 1997-12-19 2001-06-14 Smithkline Beecham Corp Process for manufacturing bite-dispersion tablets
US6432442B1 (en) 1998-02-23 2002-08-13 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Chewable product
US6110500A (en) 1998-03-25 2000-08-29 Temple University Coated tablet with long term parabolic and zero-order release kinetics
US6372254B1 (en) 1998-04-02 2002-04-16 Impax Pharmaceuticals Inc. Press coated, pulsatile drug delivery system suitable for oral administration
WO1999056934A1 (en) * 1998-05-01 1999-11-11 Fei Enterprises, Ltd. Method for injection molding manufacture of controlled release devices
US6365183B1 (en) * 1998-05-07 2002-04-02 Alza Corporation Method of fabricating a banded prolonged release active agent dosage form
CN1211078C (en) 1998-05-15 2005-07-20 中外制药株式会社 Regulated release preparations
UA69413C2 (en) * 1998-05-22 2004-09-15 Брістол-Майерс Сквібб Компані Enteric coated pharmaceutical composition, pharmaceutical composition in form of spheroid beads, method for manufacturing pharmaceutical composition
ATE277594T1 (en) 1998-06-03 2004-10-15 Alza Corp DEVICES FOR ACHIEVED PROLONGED MEDICATION THERAPY
US6106267A (en) * 1998-06-05 2000-08-22 Aylward; John T. Apparatus for forming a compression-molded product
US6099865A (en) * 1998-07-08 2000-08-08 Fmc Corporation Croscarmellose taste masking
UA73092C2 (en) * 1998-07-17 2005-06-15 Брістол-Майерс Сквібб Компані Tablets with enteric coating and method for their manufacture
US6103257A (en) * 1998-07-17 2000-08-15 Num-Pop, Inc. System for delivering pharmaceuticals to the buccal mucosa
DE19834180A1 (en) * 1998-07-29 2000-02-03 Benckiser Nv Composition for use in a dishwasher
US6200590B1 (en) 1998-08-10 2001-03-13 Naphcare, Inc. Controlled, phased-release suppository and its method of production
DE19840256A1 (en) 1998-09-03 2000-03-09 Basf Ag Widely applicable, continuous method for preparing coated solid dosage forms, comprises extruding mixture of drug and thermoplastic binder then applying coating composition in liquid or vapor form
US5997905A (en) * 1998-09-04 1999-12-07 Mcneil-Ppc Preparation of pharmaceutically active particles
US6174547B1 (en) 1999-07-14 2001-01-16 Alza Corporation Dosage form comprising liquid formulation
US6602521B1 (en) 1998-09-29 2003-08-05 Impax Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Multiplex drug delivery system suitable for oral administration
US6322819B1 (en) * 1998-10-21 2001-11-27 Shire Laboratories, Inc. Oral pulsed dose drug delivery system
JP3449253B2 (en) * 1998-10-29 2003-09-22 シオノギクオリカプス株式会社 Manufacturing method of hard capsule
US6165512A (en) 1998-10-30 2000-12-26 Fuisz Technologies Ltd. Dosage forms containing taste masked active agents
SE9803772D0 (en) 1998-11-05 1998-11-05 Astra Ab Pharmaceutical formulation
US6270805B1 (en) 1998-11-06 2001-08-07 Andrx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Two pellet controlled release formulation for water soluble drugs which contains an alkaline metal stearate
US6183681B1 (en) * 1998-12-07 2001-02-06 Centurion International, Inc. Multi-stage insert molding method
ES2175863T3 (en) * 1999-02-10 2002-11-16 Suwelack Skin & Health Care Ag LIOFILIZED PRODUCT CONTAINING BETA-1,3-GLUCANO FROM EUGLENA, ITS PREPARATION AND USE.
US6274162B1 (en) 2000-01-14 2001-08-14 Bpsi Holdings, Inc. Elegant film coating system
US6248361B1 (en) * 1999-02-26 2001-06-19 Integ, Ltd. Water-soluble folic acid compositions
DE19913692A1 (en) * 1999-03-25 2000-09-28 Basf Ag Mechanically stable pharmaceutical dosage forms containing liquid or semi-solid surface-active substances
US6090401A (en) 1999-03-31 2000-07-18 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Stable foam composition
US6248760B1 (en) * 1999-04-14 2001-06-19 Paul C Wilhelmsen Tablet giving rapid release of nicotine for transmucosal administration
JP3716901B2 (en) * 1999-04-14 2005-11-16 シオノギクオリカプス株式会社 Cellulose ether film
DE19925710C2 (en) 1999-06-07 2002-10-10 Byk Gulden Lomberg Chem Fab New preparation and dosage form containing an acid labile proton pump inhibitor
US6375963B1 (en) 1999-06-16 2002-04-23 Michael A. Repka Bioadhesive hot-melt extruded film for topical and mucosal adhesion applications and drug delivery and process for preparation thereof
US6555139B2 (en) * 1999-06-28 2003-04-29 Wockhardt Europe Limited Preparation of micron-size pharmaceutical particles by microfluidization
US20020102309A1 (en) * 1999-09-14 2002-08-01 Jane C. I. Hirsh Controlled release formulation for administration of an anti-inflammatory naphthalene derivative
DE19954420A1 (en) * 1999-11-12 2001-05-31 Lohmann Therapie Syst Lts Preparation consisting of a film, foil or wafer-like dosage form with a two-layer structure and integrated labeling
DE19960494A1 (en) * 1999-12-15 2001-06-21 Knoll Ag Device and method for producing solid active substance-containing forms
CA2395231C (en) * 1999-12-23 2006-08-15 Pfizer Products Inc. Hydrogel-driven layered drug dosage form
DE19963569B4 (en) * 1999-12-29 2006-11-16 Reckitt Benckiser N.V. Composition for use in a dishwasher
US6627223B2 (en) 2000-02-11 2003-09-30 Eurand Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Timed pulsatile drug delivery systems
FR2807034B1 (en) 2000-03-29 2002-06-14 Roquette Freres MANNITOL POWDER AND PROCESS FOR PRODUCING THE SAME
US6372252B1 (en) * 2000-04-28 2002-04-16 Adams Laboratories, Inc. Guaifenesin sustained release formulation and tablets
GB2362350A (en) 2000-05-11 2001-11-21 Reckitt Benekiser N V Process and press for the production of tablets
US20030086972A1 (en) 2000-08-09 2003-05-08 Appel Leah E. Hydrogel-driven drug dosage form
US6727200B2 (en) * 2000-08-31 2004-04-27 Mra Laboratories, Inc. High dielectric constant very low fired X7R ceramic capacitor, and powder for making
WO2002019833A2 (en) * 2000-09-07 2002-03-14 Akpharma Inc. Edible candy compositions and methods of using the same
WO2002066015A1 (en) 2001-02-16 2002-08-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Use of polyalkylamine polymers in controlled release devices
US20030070584A1 (en) * 2001-05-15 2003-04-17 Cynthia Gulian Dip coating compositions containing cellulose ethers
NZ530511A (en) 2001-07-16 2005-06-24 Astrazeneca Ab A tablet for treating disorders of the gastrointestinal tract comprising a proton pump inhibitor and at least one antacid that has a barrier layer to cover an enteric coating film
US6558722B2 (en) * 2001-07-18 2003-05-06 Wm. Wrigley Jr. Company Use of powdered gum in making a coating for a confection
GB0120835D0 (en) 2001-08-28 2001-10-17 Smithkline Beecham Plc Process
US20030059466A1 (en) * 2001-09-14 2003-03-27 Pawan Seth Delayed release tablet of venlafaxin
US6742646B2 (en) * 2001-09-28 2004-06-01 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Systems, methods and apparatuses for manufacturing dosage forms
US20030066068A1 (en) * 2001-09-28 2003-04-03 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Individual recommender database using profiles of others
US6837696B2 (en) * 2001-09-28 2005-01-04 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Apparatus for manufacturing dosage forms
US6982094B2 (en) * 2001-09-28 2006-01-03 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Systems, methods and apparatuses for manufacturing dosage forms
NZ532568A (en) 2001-09-28 2005-07-29 Mcneil Ppc Inc Modified release dosage forms
US6767200B2 (en) * 2001-09-28 2004-07-27 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Systems, methods and apparatuses for manufacturing dosage forms
US7122143B2 (en) * 2001-09-28 2006-10-17 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Methods for manufacturing dosage forms
US7323192B2 (en) * 2001-09-28 2008-01-29 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Immediate release tablet
US20040006111A1 (en) 2002-01-25 2004-01-08 Kenneth Widder Transmucosal delivery of proton pump inhibitors
ATE432065T1 (en) 2002-03-26 2009-06-15 Euro Celtique Sa YELLOW COATED SUSTAINED RELEASE COMPOSITIONS
EP1764655A3 (en) * 2002-06-11 2007-09-19 ASML Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
TW578439B (en) * 2002-10-25 2004-03-01 Ritdisplay Corp Organic light emitting diode and material applied in the organic light emitting diode
EP1633403A2 (en) * 2003-05-21 2006-03-15 Control Delivery Systems, Inc. Codrugs of diclofenac
US20050074514A1 (en) * 2003-10-02 2005-04-07 Anderson Oliver B. Zero cycle molding systems, methods and apparatuses for manufacturing dosage forms
EP2417969A1 (en) 2004-10-21 2012-02-15 Aptalis Pharmatech, Inc. Taste-masked pharmaceutical compositions with gastrosoluble pore-formers

Patent Citations (29)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3185626A (en) * 1963-03-06 1965-05-25 Sterling Drug Inc Tablet coating method
US3760804A (en) * 1971-01-13 1973-09-25 Alza Corp Improved osmotic dispenser employing magnesium sulphate and magnesium chloride
US3823816A (en) * 1972-02-03 1974-07-16 Parke Davis & Co Water-soluble package
US4511553A (en) * 1979-09-06 1985-04-16 Meggle Milchindustrie Gmbh & Co. Kg Coating process and agent for carrying out the process
US4543370A (en) * 1979-11-29 1985-09-24 Colorcon, Inc. Dry edible film coating composition, method and coating form
US4683256A (en) * 1980-11-06 1987-07-28 Colorcon, Inc. Dry edible film coating composition, method and coating form
US4449983A (en) * 1982-03-22 1984-05-22 Alza Corporation Simultaneous delivery of two drugs from unit delivery device
US4576604A (en) * 1983-03-04 1986-03-18 Alza Corporation Osmotic system with instant drug availability
US4643894A (en) * 1984-07-24 1987-02-17 Colorcon, Inc. Maltodextrin coating
US4725441A (en) * 1984-07-24 1988-02-16 Colorcon, Inc. Maltodextrin coating
US4828841A (en) * 1984-07-24 1989-05-09 Colorcon, Inc. Maltodextrin coating
US4802924A (en) * 1986-06-19 1989-02-07 Colorcon, Inc. Coatings based on polydextrose for aqueous film coating of pharmaceutical food and confectionary products
US4816262A (en) * 1986-08-28 1989-03-28 Universite De Montreal Controlled release tablet
US4820524A (en) * 1987-02-20 1989-04-11 Mcneilab, Inc. Gelatin coated caplets and process for making same
US5004614A (en) * 1988-08-26 1991-04-02 Forum Chemicals Ltd. Controlled release device with an impermeable coating having an orifice for release of drug
US4906478A (en) * 1988-12-12 1990-03-06 Valentine Enterprises, Inc. Simethicone/calcium silicate composition
US5146730A (en) * 1989-09-20 1992-09-15 Banner Gelatin Products Corp. Film-enrobed unitary-core medicament and the like
US6264985B1 (en) * 1994-09-06 2001-07-24 Lts Lohmann Therapie-Systeme Gmbh Laminated tablet with pointed core
US5582838A (en) * 1994-12-22 1996-12-10 Merck & Co., Inc. Controlled release drug suspension delivery device
US6471994B1 (en) * 1995-01-09 2002-10-29 Edward Mendell Co., Inc. Pharmaceutical excipient having improved compressibility
US6479551B1 (en) * 1996-11-12 2002-11-12 Pozen Inc. Treatment of migraine headache
US6126987A (en) * 1997-07-24 2000-10-03 Boyer Corporation Process for the gelatin coating of medicaments
US6110499A (en) * 1997-07-24 2000-08-29 Alza Corporation Phenytoin therapy
US6322816B1 (en) * 1997-08-01 2001-11-27 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Fast-acting analgesic
US6365185B1 (en) * 1998-03-26 2002-04-02 University Of Cincinnati Self-destructing, controlled release peroral drug delivery system
US6696085B2 (en) * 1998-07-20 2004-02-24 Antares Pharma Ipl Ag Use of an acrylic type polymer as disintegrating agent
US20020051807A1 (en) * 2000-01-13 2002-05-02 Joaquina Faour Osmotic device containing alprazolam and an antipsychotic agent
US20020028240A1 (en) * 2000-04-17 2002-03-07 Toyohiro Sawada Timed-release compression-coated solid composition for oral administration
US20040062806A1 (en) * 2000-11-08 2004-04-01 Luigi Martini Process

Cited By (65)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10092521B2 (en) * 2004-01-13 2018-10-09 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Inc. Rapidly disintegrating gelatinous coated tablets
US10632078B2 (en) 2004-01-13 2020-04-28 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Inc. Rapidly disintegrating gelatinous coated tablets
EP1944006A3 (en) * 2004-09-24 2008-07-23 BioProgress Technology Limited Additional improvements in powder compaction and enrobing
EP1944005A3 (en) * 2004-09-24 2008-07-23 BioProgress Technology Limited Additional improvements in powder compaction and enrobing
EP1944002A3 (en) * 2004-09-24 2008-07-23 BioProgress Technology Limited Additional improvements in powder compaction and enrobing
EP1944004A3 (en) * 2004-09-24 2008-07-23 BioProgress Technology Limited Additional improvements in powder compaction and enrobing
EP1944008A3 (en) * 2004-09-24 2008-07-23 BioProgress Technology Limited Additional improvements in powder compaction and enrobing
EP1944007A3 (en) * 2004-09-24 2008-07-23 BioProgress Technology Limited Additional improvements in powder compaction and enrobing
EP1944003A3 (en) * 2004-09-24 2008-07-23 BioProgress Technology Limited Additional improvements in powder compaction and enrobing
WO2006032828A1 (en) * 2004-09-24 2006-03-30 Bioprogress Technology Limited Additional improvements in powder compaction and enrobing
US20060088586A1 (en) * 2004-10-27 2006-04-27 Bunick Frank J Dosage forms having a microreliefed surface and methods and apparatus for their production
US8383159B2 (en) 2004-10-27 2013-02-26 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Dosage forms having a microreliefed surface and methods and apparatus for their production
US20070281022A1 (en) * 2004-10-27 2007-12-06 Bunick Frank J Dosage forms having a microreliefed surface and methods and apparatus for their production
US20070190133A1 (en) * 2004-10-27 2007-08-16 Bunick Frank J Dosage forms having a microreliefed surface and methods and apparatus for their production
US20060088593A1 (en) * 2004-10-27 2006-04-27 Bunick Frank J Dosage forms having a microreliefed surface and methods and apparatus for their production
US20060088587A1 (en) * 2004-10-27 2006-04-27 Bunick Frank J Dosage forms having a microreliefed surface and methods and apparatus for their production
US20060088585A1 (en) * 2004-10-27 2006-04-27 Bunick Frank J Dosage forms having a microreliefed surface and methods and apparatus for their production
US20060087051A1 (en) * 2004-10-27 2006-04-27 Bunick Frank J Dosage forms having a microreliefed surface and methods and apparatus for their production
US20060093560A1 (en) * 2004-10-29 2006-05-04 Jen-Chi Chen Immediate release film coating
US20090148523A1 (en) * 2004-12-07 2009-06-11 Sowden Harry S System and process for providing at least one opening in dosage forms
US7404708B2 (en) * 2004-12-07 2008-07-29 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. System and process for providing at least one opening in dosage forms
US20060121145A1 (en) * 2004-12-07 2006-06-08 Sowden Harry S System and process for providing at least one opening in dosage forms
US10610128B2 (en) 2005-04-28 2020-04-07 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Pharma-informatics system
US11476952B2 (en) 2005-04-28 2022-10-18 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pharma-informatics system
US9649066B2 (en) 2005-04-28 2017-05-16 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Communication system with partial power source
US10542909B2 (en) 2005-04-28 2020-01-28 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Communication system with partial power source
US10517507B2 (en) 2005-04-28 2019-12-31 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Communication system with enhanced partial power source and method of manufacturing same
US9962107B2 (en) 2005-04-28 2018-05-08 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Communication system with enhanced partial power source and method of manufacturing same
US9681842B2 (en) 2005-04-28 2017-06-20 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Pharma-informatics system
US20070009573A1 (en) * 2005-07-07 2007-01-11 L N K International Method of forming immediate release dosage form
US20090004278A1 (en) * 2006-01-30 2009-01-01 Fujifilm Corporation Enzymatically Crosslinked Protein Nanoparticles
US20070190131A1 (en) * 2006-02-10 2007-08-16 Perry Ronald L Press-fit rapid release medicament and method and apparatus of manufacturing
US20070224258A1 (en) * 2006-03-22 2007-09-27 Bunick Frank J Dosage forms having a randomized coating
US20070231389A1 (en) * 2006-03-28 2007-10-04 Bunick Frank J Non-homogenous dosage form coatings
US8580855B2 (en) 2006-10-20 2013-11-12 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Acetaminophen / ibuprofen combinations and method for their use
US20080103206A1 (en) * 2006-10-20 2008-05-01 Jim Swann Acetaminophen / ibuprofen combinations and method for their use
US8580856B2 (en) 2006-10-20 2013-11-12 Ncneil-Ppc, Inc. Acetaminophen/ibuprofen combinations and method for their use
EP3292866A1 (en) 2006-10-20 2018-03-14 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Inc. Acetaminophen / ibuprofen combinations
US20150112243A1 (en) * 2006-10-25 2015-04-23 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Integrated Ingestible Event Marker System with Pharmaceutical Product
US20080113021A1 (en) * 2006-10-25 2008-05-15 Robert Shen Ibuprofen composition
US20110200537A1 (en) * 2007-06-22 2011-08-18 Szymczak Christopher E Laser marked dosage forms
US20080317677A1 (en) * 2007-06-22 2008-12-25 Szymczak Christopher E Laser Marked Dosage Forms
US20080317678A1 (en) * 2007-06-22 2008-12-25 Szymczak Christopher E Laser Marked Dosage Forms
US10588544B2 (en) 2009-04-28 2020-03-17 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Highly reliable ingestible event markers and methods for using the same
US20120164280A1 (en) * 2009-07-24 2012-06-28 Nihon Kraft Foods Limited Multiple-Region Candy and Manufacturing Method Therefor
AU2010328353B2 (en) * 2009-12-07 2015-07-16 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Partial dip coating of dosage forms for modified release
US9259394B2 (en) * 2009-12-07 2016-02-16 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Inc. Partial dip coating of dosage forms for modified release
US20110135694A1 (en) * 2009-12-07 2011-06-09 Saumitra Bagchi Partial dip coating of dosage forms for modified release
US11173290B2 (en) 2010-04-07 2021-11-16 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Miniature ingestible device
US10207093B2 (en) 2010-04-07 2019-02-19 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Miniature ingestible device
US11504511B2 (en) 2010-11-22 2022-11-22 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Ingestible device with pharmaceutical product
USD846830S1 (en) 2011-06-30 2019-04-30 Intercontinental Great Brands Llc Confectionary
US9756874B2 (en) 2011-07-11 2017-09-12 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Masticable ingestible product and communication system therefor
US11229378B2 (en) 2011-07-11 2022-01-25 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Communication system with enhanced partial power source and method of manufacturing same
US11149123B2 (en) 2013-01-29 2021-10-19 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Highly-swellable polymeric films and compositions comprising the same
US10175376B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-01-08 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Metal detector apparatus, system, and method
US10421658B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2019-09-24 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Container with electronically controlled interlock
US9796576B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2017-10-24 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Container with electronically controlled interlock
US10084880B2 (en) 2013-11-04 2018-09-25 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Social media networking based on physiologic information
US10398161B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2019-09-03 Proteus Digital Heal Th, Inc. Masticable ingestible product and communication system therefor
US11051543B2 (en) 2015-07-21 2021-07-06 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. Alginate on adhesive bilayer laminate film
US10797758B2 (en) 2016-07-22 2020-10-06 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Electromagnetic sensing and detection of ingestible event markers
US10187121B2 (en) 2016-07-22 2019-01-22 Proteus Digital Health, Inc. Electromagnetic sensing and detection of ingestible event markers
US11529071B2 (en) 2016-10-26 2022-12-20 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Methods for manufacturing capsules with ingestible event markers
US11793419B2 (en) 2016-10-26 2023-10-24 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Methods for manufacturing capsules with ingestible event markers

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
DE60223269T2 (en) 2008-08-21
US20040241236A1 (en) 2004-12-02
CN1607945A (en) 2005-04-20
CA2447984A1 (en) 2003-04-03
EP1429746B1 (en) 2008-08-13
NO20032363D0 (en) 2003-05-26
CN1596100A (en) 2005-03-16
CN1592612A (en) 2005-03-09
BR0206086A (en) 2003-12-23
BR0206062A (en) 2004-01-13
ATE376826T1 (en) 2007-11-15
WO2003026612A2 (en) 2003-04-03
WO2003026613A1 (en) 2003-04-03
US20040213849A1 (en) 2004-10-28
NO20032363L (en) 2003-07-23
CN100364515C (en) 2008-01-30
MXPA04002976A (en) 2005-06-20
EP1429738B1 (en) 2007-10-31
WO2003026628A2 (en) 2003-04-03
ES2311073T3 (en) 2009-02-01
HK1072902A1 (en) 2005-09-16
CN1596102A (en) 2005-03-16
MXPA04002980A (en) 2005-06-20
CN1638740A (en) 2005-07-13
NO20032364D0 (en) 2003-05-26
CA2446759A1 (en) 2003-04-03
US7635490B2 (en) 2009-12-22
ATE404179T1 (en) 2008-08-15
WO2003026629A3 (en) 2004-03-04
US20090155372A1 (en) 2009-06-18
JP2005529059A (en) 2005-09-29
US20040170750A1 (en) 2004-09-02
WO2003026628A3 (en) 2003-05-01
NO20032362L (en) 2003-07-14
EP1463489A1 (en) 2004-10-06
JP2005535558A (en) 2005-11-24
US8545887B2 (en) 2013-10-01
JP2005508325A (en) 2005-03-31
KR20040045030A (en) 2004-05-31
BR0212921A (en) 2004-10-13
US7416738B2 (en) 2008-08-26
CA2461616A1 (en) 2003-04-03
DE60239945D1 (en) 2011-06-16
CN1592613A (en) 2005-03-09
KR20040037206A (en) 2004-05-04
JP2005511515A (en) 2005-04-28
WO2003026627A1 (en) 2003-04-03
PL369134A1 (en) 2005-04-18
KR20040037203A (en) 2004-05-04
BR0212946A (en) 2004-10-26
EP1429724B1 (en) 2013-11-06
MXPA04002973A (en) 2005-06-20
MXPA04002992A (en) 2005-06-20
WO2003026625A1 (en) 2003-04-03
CN1592611A (en) 2005-03-09
US7972624B2 (en) 2011-07-05
US20040241208A1 (en) 2004-12-02
JP2005508328A (en) 2005-03-31
KR20040045032A (en) 2004-05-31
US20030235616A1 (en) 2003-12-25
NZ532568A (en) 2005-07-29
WO2003026624A9 (en) 2004-05-06
US20030232083A1 (en) 2003-12-18
EP1438018A1 (en) 2004-07-21
BR0212951A (en) 2004-10-26
US20040018327A1 (en) 2004-01-29
NO20041613L (en) 2004-04-20
EP1438018B1 (en) 2010-08-11
ES2295427T3 (en) 2008-04-16
KR20040045026A (en) 2004-05-31
CN1596101A (en) 2005-03-16
EP1438030A2 (en) 2004-07-21
WO2003026615A3 (en) 2003-07-31
DE60237294D1 (en) 2010-09-23
KR20040045033A (en) 2004-05-31
ATE476957T1 (en) 2010-08-15
WO2003026616A1 (en) 2003-04-03
WO2003026629A2 (en) 2003-04-03
KR20040045034A (en) 2004-05-31
WO2003026626A2 (en) 2003-04-03
CN100408029C (en) 2008-08-06
JP2005508326A (en) 2005-03-31
CO5570655A2 (en) 2005-10-31
DE60223269D1 (en) 2007-12-13
BR0213589A (en) 2004-08-31
BR0212950A (en) 2004-10-26
KR20040066094A (en) 2004-07-23
EP1429738A2 (en) 2004-06-23
CA2461870A1 (en) 2003-04-03
HUP0401686A2 (en) 2004-11-29
US20080305150A1 (en) 2008-12-11
CN1592610A (en) 2005-03-09
CA2461659A1 (en) 2003-04-03
BR0213593A (en) 2004-08-31
US20050266084A1 (en) 2005-12-01
US7968120B2 (en) 2011-06-28
US20050019407A1 (en) 2005-01-27
CA2461659C (en) 2010-12-07
BR0206061A (en) 2004-01-13
MXPA04002975A (en) 2005-06-20
US20030232082A1 (en) 2003-12-18
CA2446760A1 (en) 2003-04-03
WO2003026625A9 (en) 2004-05-06
MXPA04002884A (en) 2005-06-20
WO2003026614A1 (en) 2003-04-03
WO2003026626A3 (en) 2003-10-16
US20040213848A1 (en) 2004-10-28
CA2461682A1 (en) 2003-04-03
EP1432404A1 (en) 2004-06-30
WO2003026614A9 (en) 2004-02-26
WO2003026612A3 (en) 2003-06-26
EP1429724A1 (en) 2004-06-23
EP1429742B1 (en) 2011-05-04
PT1429738E (en) 2007-12-14
CA2461354A1 (en) 2003-04-03
EP1429746A2 (en) 2004-06-23
ATE507823T1 (en) 2011-05-15
JP2005508329A (en) 2005-03-31
WO2003026624A1 (en) 2003-04-03
EP1438028A1 (en) 2004-07-21
NZ532096A (en) 2006-10-27
KR20040045031A (en) 2004-05-31
MXPA04002981A (en) 2005-06-20
MXPA04002974A (en) 2005-06-20
CA2461653A1 (en) 2003-04-03
EP1429742A2 (en) 2004-06-23
WO2003026630A1 (en) 2003-04-03
NZ532097A (en) 2006-02-24
JP2005509605A (en) 2005-04-14
AU2002330164A1 (en) 2003-04-07
CA2461684A1 (en) 2003-04-03
JP2005508327A (en) 2005-03-31
KR20040037208A (en) 2004-05-04
EP1429737A1 (en) 2004-06-23
CA2461656A1 (en) 2003-04-03
BR0213591A (en) 2004-08-31
CA2461354C (en) 2010-04-27
BR0213588A (en) 2004-08-31
WO2003026615A2 (en) 2003-04-03
MXPA04002891A (en) 2005-06-20
JP2005508330A (en) 2005-03-31
HUP0401686A3 (en) 2008-04-28
MXPA04002978A (en) 2005-06-20
NO20032364L (en) 2003-07-25
EP1429745A2 (en) 2004-06-23
KR20040037207A (en) 2004-05-04
MXPA04002977A (en) 2005-06-20
DE60228281D1 (en) 2008-09-25
US20040062804A1 (en) 2004-04-01
MXPA04002979A (en) 2005-06-20
EP1429743A1 (en) 2004-06-23
JP2005509604A (en) 2005-04-14
ES2444549T3 (en) 2014-02-25
NO20032362D0 (en) 2003-05-26
CN1596104A (en) 2005-03-16
CA2461865A1 (en) 2003-04-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20030219484A1 (en) Immediate release dosage form comprising shell having openings therein
EP1602363A1 (en) Immediate release dosage form comprising shell having openings therein
CA2499979C (en) Immediate release dosage form comprising shell having openings therein
JP2006008680A5 (en)
EP2066308B1 (en) Multi-core solid dosage form comprising a transparent coating between said cores
JP2006517183A (en) Immediate release dosage form having a shell with an opening
CA2529267A1 (en) System and process for providing at least one opening in dosage forms
AU2003225945B2 (en) Immediate release dosage form comprising shell having openings therein
US20090148523A1 (en) System and process for providing at least one opening in dosage forms
AU2011247888A1 (en) Immediate release dosage form comprising shell having openings therein

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: MCNEIL-PPC, INC., NEW JERSEY

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:SOWDEN, HARRY S.;MCNALLY, GERARD P.;REEL/FRAME:014346/0804

Effective date: 20030730

AS Assignment

Owner name: OMJ IRELAND LTD., PUERTO RICO

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:MCNEIL-PPC, INC.;REEL/FRAME:020133/0417

Effective date: 20071119

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION